diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 40962-0.txt | 4082 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 40962-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 84893 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 40962-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 127287 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 40962-h/40962-h.htm | 4561 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 40962-h/images/fp.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36905 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
8 files changed, 8659 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/40962-0.txt b/40962-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b18658 --- /dev/null +++ b/40962-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4082 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Prophecies of Robert Nixon, Mother Shipton, +and Martha, the Gypsy, by Anonymous + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: Prophecies of Robert Nixon, Mother Shipton, and Martha, the Gypsy + + +Author: Anonymous + + + +Release Date: October 7, 2012 [eBook #40962] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PROPHECIES OF ROBERT NIXON, MOTHER +SHIPTON, AND MARTHA, THE GYPSY*** + + +This ebook was transcribed by Les Bowler + + [Picture: Great skill had they in palmistry] + + + + + + PROPHECIES + OF + ROBERT NIXON, + MOTHER SHIPTON, + AND + MARTHA, THE GIPSY. + + + * * * * * + + LONDON: + _PUBLISHED FOR THE BOOKSELLERS_. + + + + +CONTENTS. + + PAGE +The Life of Robert Nixon, commonly called The Cheshire 5 +Prophet. +The Original predictions of Robert Nixon, as delivered by 18 +himself. +The Following predictions of Robert Nixon are copied from 31 +old pamphlets. +Nixon’s Cheshire prophecy at large, from Lady Cowper’s 36 +copy; with historical and political remarks, and many +instances wherein it has been fulfilled. +The Editor presents his Readers with a Copy of a printed 56 +Paper, which several aged Persons, residing near the +Forest, have vouched for the Authenticity of. +Prophecy of the French Revolution, from a publication by 61 +the late Mr. Peter Jurieu, in 1687. +Extracts from sermons by Dr. John Gill. 69 +An extraordinary prediction related by Mr. John Wesley. 95 +The Life and Prophecies of Mother Shipton. 103 +Prophecies of Martha, the Gipsy. 197 +Remarkable fulfilment of a prediction. 250 + +THE LIFE OF ROBERT NIXON, +COMMONLY CALLED +THE CHESHIRE PROPHET. + + +THE Prophecy of Nixon has so often given a name to the productions of +authors of different principles, that it is now almost become a doubt +whether such a person ever existed. Passing through Cheshire lately, +curiosity led me to inquire what credit these legends bore among the +natives: and I was not a little surprised to find with what confidence +they related events which have come to pass within the memory of many of +the inhabitants; and how strictly they adhered to the notion that he +would not fail in the rest. Amongst his number was a namesake and +descendant of the same family with this famous idiot, who, at this time +lives not far from Vale-Royal, from whom I had mostly what follows, which +he said he had often heard his father and other ancient people in the +country relate. I also obtained a manuscript copy which seemed to bear +the appearance of antiquity.—Mr. Gerrard, Mr. Grimes and many others of +the inhabitants of the forest of Delamere very obligingly told me what +they knew, and confirmed what was past. + +John, or Jonathan Nixon, the father of our prophet was a husbandman who +held the lease of a farm from the abbey of Vale-Royal, to this day known +by the name of Bark, or Bridge-house in the parish of Over near +New-Church, and not far from Vale-Royal, on the forest of Delamere, which +house is still kept up and venerated by the natives of Cheshire for +nothing else that I could hear of but this extraordinary person’s birth, +which took place Whitsuntide, and he was christened by the name of +Robert, in the year 1467, about the 7th year of Edward IV.; and from his +infancy he was remarkable for a stupidity and invincible ignorance, so +that it was with great difficulty his parents could instruct him to drive +the team, tend the cattle and such sort of rustic employments. + +His parents at their decease left the farm and our Robert very young, to +the care of an elder brother with whom he first gave an instance of that +foreknowledge which renders his name so famous. + +As he was driving the team one day, whilst his brother’s man guided the +plough, he pricked an ox so very cruelly with his goad that the +plough-holder threatened to acquaint his master; on which Nixon said, the +ox should not be his brother’s three days hence; which accordingly +happened for a life drooping in the estate, the lord of the manor took +the same ox for an heriot. {7} + +During his residence here he was chiefly distinguished for his +simplicity, seldom spoke, and when he did it was with so rough a voice +that it was painful to hear him; he was remarkably satirical, and what he +said had generally some prophetic meaning. It was about this time that +the monk of Vale-Royal having displeased him he said in an angry tone, + + When you the arrow come on high, + Soon a raven’s nest will be; + +which is well known to have come to pass in the person of the last abbot +of that place, whose name was Harrow. Being called before Sir Thomas +Holcroft he was put to death for denying the supremacy of King Henry +VIII. Having suppressed the abbey the King gave the domain to this +knight and his heirs who bore a raven for their crest. + +At another time he told them that Norton and Vale-Royal abbeys should +meet on Acton-bridge, a thing at that time looked upon as improbable; yet +those two abbeys being pulled down the stones were used for the purpose +of repairing the bridge; and what was more improbable still a small thorn +growing in the abbey-yard would become its door. We may easily guess no +one thought this last would ever come to pass, and especially as it was +understood by every one at that time of day that thorns never grew so +large; but this shows the uncertain meaning of a prophecy, and that what +we understand one way is possibly meant quite different; so it happened +in this case, for, at the Reformation the savage ravages under the +sanction of religion sought nothing but rapine and plunder to enrich +themselves; and under the name of banishing superstition and pulling down +idolatry, spared not even the most revered lineaments of antiquity, the +most sacred piles, the most noble structures, or most valuable records, +books written by our most venerable forefathers and heroic ancestors. +Pieces of the nicest paint and figures of the best workmanship being all +lost, irrecoverably lost in one common fit of destructive zeal which +every hue and cry is too apt to raise in the breast of a hot-headed +bigot; whilst the truly religious, honest and learned men regret to this +day the loss those destructive times have occasioned. Whilst these +reached Vale-Royal, this thorn amongst the rest, being cut down was cast +in the door-way, to prevent sheep which grazed in the court from going +in. + +But the Reformation he declares in still plainer terms; for he says, + + A time shall come when priests and monks + Shall have no churches nor houses, + And places where images stood, + Lined letters shall be good, + English books through churches are spread, + Where shall be no holy bread. + +It is not my intention to recite every particular he is said to have +foretold, which regard either private families or past occasions—however, +it may not be amiss to mention what is fresh in every one’s memory who +lives near Delamere forest and was vouched to me by several of the oldest +inhabitants. + + Thro’ Weaver-hall shall be a lone {10} + Ridley-pool shall be sown and mown, + And Darnel-Park shall be hacked and hewn. + +The two wings of Weaver-hall are now standing and between them is a +cart-road; Ridley-pool is filled up and made good meadow land: and in +Darnel-Park the trees are cut down and it is made into pasture-ground. + +I was also assured that he foretold the use of broad wheels, etc. and +that the town of Northwich now a considerable place of trade for salt +will be destroyed by water, which is expected to come to pass, by the +natives of Cheshire, as much as any other part of his prophecy has done; +and some urge that the navigable cuts lately made is the water meant: but +whether a prejudice against those useful improvements may not have given +rise to this notion, time only can determine. + +But what rendered Nixon the most noticed was that at the time when the +battle of Bosworth-field was fought between King Richard the Third and +King Henry the Seventh, he stopped his team on a sudden and pointing with +his whip from one to the other cried, “Now, Richard! Now, Harry!” +several times; till at last, he said, “Now, Harry, get over that ditch +and you gain the day.” The plough-holder, amazed, related what had +passed when he came home, and the truth of the prediction was verified by +special messengers sent to announce the proclamation of King Henry of +England on the field of battle. + +The messenger who went this circuit related on his return the prediction +of Nixon concerning the King’s success; which, though it had been +confirmed by his arrival had made it no news to the natives of those +parts; but Henry perhaps the wisest Prince of his time not willing to be +deceived, nor yet doubting the dispensations of Providence though by the +mouth of a fool, sent the same messenger back to find Nixon, and to bring +him before him. At the moment the King gave his orders our prophet was +in the town of Over, about which he ran like a madman declaring the King +had sent for him and that he must go to court and there be _clammed_: +that is, be starved to death. Such a declaration caused a great deal of +laughing in the town, to think that his Majesty so noted for his wisdom +should send for a dirty drivelling clown to court, and that being sent +for he should fear to be starved there; but how great was their surprise, +in a few days after, when the messenger passing through the town demanded +a guide to find Nixon who (then turning the spit at his brother’s at the +Bark-house) cried, “He is coming, he is now on the road for me!” but the +astonishment of the family can scarcely be imagined when, on the +messenger’s arrival he demanded Nixon in the King’s name; the people who +before scoffed at his simple appearance and odd sayings, and had pointed +to the very children to make him their sport were now confounded on +finding the most ridiculous of all he ever foretold (in their opinion) +become a truth, which was vouched to their own eyes. Whilst hurried +through the country Nixon still loudly lamented that he was going to be +starved at the court. + +He had no sooner arrived there than the cautious King willing to make +trial of his foreknowledge devised the following scheme to prove it. +Having had a valuable diamond ring which he commonly wore after the most +seemingly strict inquiry made through the palace whether any one had seen +it; he sent for Nixon, telling him what a loss he had sustained, and that +if he could not help him to find it, he had no hopes left. But how much +surprised was the King, when he got for answer that old proverb, + + He who hideth can find; + +On which he declared with a smile that he had done this only to try the +prophet; but ever after ordered that what he said should be carefully put +in writing. + +To prevent Nixon’s being starved his Majesty gave orders for him to have +the liberty to range through the whole palace and the kitchen was to be +his more constant dwelling. Besides which, an officer was appointed to +take care that he was neither misused or affronted by the servants, nor +at loss for any necessary of life. Thus situated one would have thought +want would never have reached him; yet one day, as the King was going out +to his hunting-seat Nixon ran to him crying and begged in the most moving +terms that he might not be left, for that if he was his Majesty would +never see him again alive: that he should be starved; that now was the +time, and if he was left he must die. + +The King whose thoughts were doubtless fixed on the diversion he was +going to and supposing the matter so very unlikely to come to pass, only +said that it was impossible and recommended him strongly to the officer’s +care; but scarcely was the king gone from the palace-gate when the +servants mocked and teased Nixon to such a degree, that the officer to +prevent these insults locked him up in a closet and suffered no one but +himself to attend on him thinking that he should prevent this part of his +prophecy coming true: but a message of great importance coming from the +King to this very officer, he in his readiness to obey the royal command +forgot to set poor Nixon at liberty and though he was but three days +absent when he recollected his prisoner he found him at his return, dead +as he had foretold of hunger. + +Thus evidenced with what is past stands his prophecy in every mouth in +Cheshire; yet a greater affront cannot be given than to ask a copy from +the families said to be possessed of it. Every possible means it is well +known has been used to smother the truth, perplex the curious, and even +to abolish the very remembrance that such a one ever existed, but from +what reason cannot appear except that it is foretold that the heir of O— +is to meet with some ignominious death at his own gate, {16} with other +family events which, though no person or time being perfectly +distinguished may perhaps occasion this secrecy. + +I must also observe that the cross on Delamere forest, that is, three +steps and the socket in which the cross formerly stood are now sunk +within a few inches of the ground, though all remember to have seen it +within the memory of man nearly six feet above, the cross itself having +been destroyed long since. It is also remarkable that Headlets cross is +mentioned by Merlin de Rymer and most other English and Scotch prophets +as the last place in England on which it is supposed a decisive action +will happen; but as to any fixed period when the things will come to pass +I cannot learn, being all mentioned with the greatest uncertainty. + + + + +THE ORIGINAL PREDICTIONS +OF +ROBERT NIXON, +AS DELIVERED BY HIMSELF. + + + When a raven shall build in a stone lion’s mouth, + On a church top beside the grey forest, + Then shall a king of England be drove from his crown, + And return no more. + + When an eagle shall sit on the top of Vale-Royal house, + Then shall an heir be born, who shall live to see great troubles in + England. + + There shall be a miller nam’d Peter, + With two heels on one foot, + Who shall distinguish himself bravely, + And shall be knighted by the victor: + For foreign nations shall invade England; + But the invader shall be killed, + And laid across a horse’s back, + And led in triumph. + + A boy shall be born with three thumbs on one hand, + Who shall hold three King’s horses, + Whilst England three times is won and lost in one day. + + But after this shall be happy days, + A new set of people of virtuous manners shall live in peace. + But the wall of Vale-Royal near the pond shall be the token of its + truth, + For it shall fall: + If it fall downwards, + Then shall the church be sunk for ever: + But if it fall upwards against a hill, + Then shall the church and honest men live still. + + Under this wall shall be found the bones of a British King. + Peckforton-mill shall be removed to Ludington hill, + And three days blood shall turn Noginshire-mill. + But beware of a chance to the lord of Oulton, + Lest he should be hanged at his own door. + + A crow shall sit on the top of Headless cross, + In the forest so grey, + And drink of the nobles’ gentle blood so free; + Twenty hundred horses shall want masters, + Till their girths shall rot under their bellies. + + Thro’ our own money and our own men, + Shall a dreadful war begin; + Between the sickle and the suck, + All England shall have a pluck; + And be several times forsworn, + And put to their wits’ end, + That it shall not be known, whether to reap their corn, + Bury their dead, or go to the field to fight. + + A great scarcity of bread corn. + Foreign nations shall invade England with snow on their helmets, + And shall bring plague, famine, and murder in the skirts of their + garments. + A great tax will be granted but never gathered. + + Between a rick and two trees, + A famous battle fought shall be. + + London street shall run with blood + And at last shall sink, + So that it shall be fulfilled, + Lincoln was, London is, and York shall be + The finest city of the three. + + There will be three gates to London of imprisoned men for cowsters. + Then if you have three cows, at the first gate fell one, and keep thee + at home, + At the second gate fell the other two, and keep thee at home. + At the last gate all shall be done. + + When summer in winter shall come, + And peace is made at every man’s home, + Then shall be danger of war; + For tho’ with peace at night the nation ring, + Men shall rise to war in the morning. + + There will be a winter Council, a careful Christmas, and a bloody + Lent. + In those days there shall be hatred and bloodshed, + The father against the son, and the son against his father, + That one may have a house for lifting the latch of the door. + Landlords shall stand, with hats in their hands, + To desire tenants to hold their lands. + + Great wars and pressing of soldiers, + But at last clubs and clouted shoes shall carry the day. + It will be good in these days for a man to sell his goods, and keep + close at home. + Then forty pounds in hand + Will be better than forty pounds a year in land. + The cock of the North shall be made to flee, + And his feathers be plucked for his pride; + That he shall almost curse the day that he was born. + + One asked Nixon, where he might be safe in those days? he answered, + In God’s croft, between the rivers Mersey and Dee. + + Scotland shall stand more or less, + Till it has brought England to a piteous case. + The Scots shall rule England one whole year. + Three years of great wars, + And in all countries great uproars. + The first is terrible, the second worse, but the third unbearable. + + Three great battles; + One at Northumberland-bridge, + One at Cumberland-bridge, + And the other the south side of Trent. + Crows shall drink the blood of many nobles. + East shall rise against West, and North against South. + + Then take this for good, + Noginshire-mill shall run with blood, + And many shall fly down Wanslow-lane. + + A man shall come into England, + But the son of a king crown’d with thorns + Shall take from him the victory. + + Many nobles shall fight, + But a bastard Duke shall win the day, + And so without delay, + Set England in a right way. + A wolf from the East shall right eagerly come, + On the South side of Sandford, on a grey Monday morn, + Where groves shall grow upon a green, + Beside green grey they shall flee + Into rocks, and many die. + They shall flee into Salt strand, + And twenty thousand, without sword, shall die each man. + The dark dragon over Sudsbrown, + Shall bring with him a royal band; + + But their lives shall be forlorn, + His head shall be in Stafford town, + His tail in Ireland. + He boldly shall bring his men, thinking to win renown: + Beside a wall in forest fair he shall be beaten down. + On Hine’s heath they shall begin this bloody fight, + And with train’d steed shall hew each others’ helmet bright: + But who shall win that day no one can tell. + + A Duke out of Denmark shall him dight, + On a day in England, and make many a lord full low to light, + And the ladies cry, ‘Well away,’ + And the black fleet with main and might + Their enemies full boldly their assail. + + In Britain’s land shall be a knight, + On them shall make a cruel fight, + A bitter boar with main and might + Shall bring a royal rout that day. + There shall die many a worthy knight, + And be driven into the fields green and grey, + They shall lose both field and fight. + + The weary eagle shall to an island in the sea retire + Where leaves and herbs grow fresh and green. + There shall he meet a lady fair, + Who shall say, ‘Go help thy friend in battle slain:’ + Then by the counsel of that fair, + He eagerly will make to flee + Twenty-six standard of the enemy, + A rampant lion in silver set, in armour fair, + Shall help the eagle in that tide, + When many a knight shall die. + + The bear that hath been long tied to a stake shall shake his chains, + That every man shall hear, and shall cause much debate. + The bull and red rose shall stand in strife, + That shall turn England to much woe, + And cause many a man to lose his life. + + In a forest stand oaks three, + Beside a headless cross. + A well of blood shall run and ree, + Its cover shall be brass, + Which shall ne’er appear, + Till horses’ feet have trod it bare; + Who wins it will declare, + The eagle shall so fight that day, + That ne’er a friend’s from him away. + A hound without delay shall run the chase far and near. + + The dark dragon shall die in fight. + A lofty head the bear shall rear, + The wide wolf so shall light, + The bridled steed against his enemies will fiercely fight. + + A fleet shall come out of the North, + Riding on a horse of trees, + A white hind beareth he, + And there wreaths so free, + That day the eagle shall him slay, + And on a hill set his banner straightway. + That lion who’s forsaken been and forced to flee, + Shall hear a woman shrilly say, + ‘Thy friends are killed on yonder hill,’ + Death to many a knight this day. + With that the lion bears his banner to a hill, + Within a forest that’s so plain, + Beside a headless cross of stone, + There shall the eagle die that day, + And the red lion get renown. + A great battle shall be fought by crowned Kings three; + One shall die and a bastard Duke will win the day. + In Sandyford there lies a stone, + A crowned King shall lose his head on. + + In those dreadful days, five wicked priests’ heads shall be sold for a + penny. + Slaughter shall rage to such a degree, + And infants left by those that are slain, + That damsels shall with fear and glee, + Cry, ‘Mother, mother, I’ve seen a man!’ + + Between seven, eight, and nine, + In England wonders shall be seen. + Between nine and thirteen + All sorrow shall be done. + Then rise up Richard, son of Richard, + And bless the happy reign, + Thrice happy he who sees this time to come + When England shall know rest and peace again. + + * * * * * + + _End of the Original Prophecies_. + + * * * * * + + + + +THE FOLLOWING PREDICTIONS +OF +ROBERT NIXON +ARE COPIED FROM OLD PAMPHLETS. + + +The famous Cheshire prophet Nixon, besides his prophecies relative to the +fate of private families, also predicted much of public affairs, which we +find literally verified by the sequel. + +On the Christmas before he went to court, being among the servants at Mr. +Cholmondeley’s house, to the surprise of them all he suddenly started up +and said, + +“I must prophecy.” He went on, the favourite {32a} of a King shall be +slain. “If the master’s neck shall be cleft in twain. And the men of +the North {32b} shall sell precious blood; yea their own blood. And they +shall sacrifice a noble warrior {32c} to the idol, and hang up his flesh +in the high places; and a storm shall come out of the North, which shall +blow down the steeples of the South: and the labourer shall rise above +his lord, and the harvest shall in part be trampled down by horses, and +the remainder lie waste to be devoured by birds. + +“When an oak tree shall be softer than men’s hearts, then look for better +times but they be but beginning. + +“The departure of a great man’s {33a} soul shall trouble a river hard by, +and overthrow trees, houses, and estates. From that part of the house +from whence the mischief came you must look for the cure. First comes +joy, then sorrow; after mirth comes mourning. + +“I see men, women, and children, spotted {33b} like beasts, and their +nearest and dearest friends affrighted at them. I see towns on fire, and +innocent blood shed; but when men and horses walk upon the water, then +shall be peace and plenty to the people, but trouble is preparing for +Kings; and the _great yellow fruit_ {33c} shall come over to this +country, and flourish: and I see this tree take deep root and spread into +a thousand branches, which shall afterwards be at strife one with +another, because of their numbers: and there shall come a wind from the +South, and the West, which shall shake the tree. I see multitudes of +people running to and fro, and talking in a strange tongue. And there +shall be a famine {34} in the midst of great plenty, and earthquakes and +storms shall level and purify the earth.” + +After these sayings, which every one, with the slightest knowledge of our +history will instantly apply to those events which they so wonderfully +foretold, Nixon was silent, and relapsed into his wonted stupidity: from +which he did not recover until many weeks after, when he became again +inspired, and gave vent to those remarkable predictions which were +recollected by Mr. Oldmixon. Those which we have just now related were +taken down from the prophet’s mouth by the steward, in pursuance of the +orders of Mr. Cholmondeley himself; and the original manuscript is now in +the hands of a gentleman in Shropshire. + + + + +NIXON’S CHESHIRE PROPHECY AT LARGE, +FROM LADY COWPER’S COPY; +WITH HISTORICAL AND POLITICAL REMARKS, AND MANY INSTANCES +WHEREIN IT HAS BEEN FULFILLED. + + +INTRODUCTION. + + +This remarkable Prophecy has been carefully revised, corrected, and +improved; also some account given of our author, Robert Nixon, who was +but a kind of idiot, and used to be employed in following the plough. He +had lived in some farmers’ families, and was their drudge and their jest. + +At last, Thomas Cholmondeley, of Vale-Royal, Esq., took him into his +house, where he lived when he composed this prophecy, which he delivered +with as much gravity and solemnity as if he had been an oracle; and it +was observed that though the fool was a driveller, and could not speak +common sense when uninspired, yet in delivering his prophecies, he spoke +plainly and sensibly; how truly will be seen in the following pages. + +As to the credit of this prophecy I dare say it is as well attested as +any of Nostradamus’s or Merlin’s, and will come to pass as well as the +best of Squire Bickerstaff’s; it is plain enough that great men in all +ages had recourse to prophecy as well as the vulgar. I would not have +all grave persons despise the inspiration of Nixon. The late French King +gave audience to an inspired farrier, and rewarded him with an hundred +pistoles for his prophetical intelligence; though by what I can learn he +did not come near our Nixon for gifts. + +The simplicity, the circumstances, and the history of the Cheshire +Prophecy are so remarkable that I hope the public will be as much +delighted as I was myself. + +By the way, this is not a prophecy of to-day; ’tis as old as the +powder-plot, and the story will make it appear that there is as little +imposture in it as the Jacobites pretend there is in the person it seems +to have an eye to; but whether they are both impostures alike or not I +leave the reader to determine. + + J. OLDMIXON. + + + +THE PROPHECY. + + +IN the reign of King James the First there lived a man generally reputed +a fool, whose name was Nixon. One day, when he returned home from +ploughing, he laid the things down which he had in his hands, and +continued for some time in a seemingly deep and thoughtful meditation, at +length he pronounced in a loud hoarse voice, ‘Now I will prophecy;’ and +spoke as follows; + +“When a raven shall build in a stone lion’s mouth on the top of a church +in Cheshire, then a King of England shall be driven out of his kingdom, +and never return more. + +“When an eagle shall sit on the top of the house, then an heir shall be +born to the Cholmondeley family, and this heir shall live to see England +invaded by foreigners, who shall proceed as far as a town in Cheshire; +but a miller, named Peter, shall be born with two heels on one foot, and +at that time living in a mill of Mr. Cholmondeley’s he shall be +instrumental in delivering the nation. + +“The person who then governs the nation will be in great trouble, and +skulk about:—The invading King shall be killed, laid across a horse’s +back like a calf, and led in triumph. The miller having been +instrumental in it, shall bring forth the person that then governs the +kingdom, and be knighted for what he has done; and after that England +shall see happy days. A new set of young men, of virtuous manners, shall +come, who shall prosper, and make a flourishing church for two hundred +years. + +“As a token of the truth of all this a wall of Mr. Cholmondeley’s shall +fall, if it falls downwards, the church shall be oppressed, and rise no +more; but if it fall upwards, next the rising hill on the side of it, +then shall it flourish again. Under this wall shall be found the bones +of a British King. + +“A pond shall run with blood three days, and the Cross stone Pillar in +the forest sink so low into the ground, that a crow from the top of it +shall drink of the best blood in England. + +“A boy shall be born with three thumbs, and shall hold three kings’ +horses, while England shall be three times won and lost in one day.” + + * * * * * + +The original may be seen in several families in the county, and in +particular in the hands of Mr. Egerton, of Oulton, with many other +remarkable things; as that Peckforton wind-mill should be removed to +Ludington hill and that horses saddled should run about while their +girths rotted away. But this is sufficient to prove Nixon as great a +prophet as Partridge; and we shall give other proofs of it before we have +done with him. + +I know your prophets are generally for Raw-head and bloody-bones and +therefore do not mind it much; or I might add that of Oulton mill shall +be driven with blood instead of water, but these soothsayers are great +butchers and every hall is with them a slaughter-house. + +Now as for authorities to prove this prophecy to be genuine and how it +has hitherto been accomplished, I might refer myself to the whole country +of Chester, where it is in every one’s mouth and has been so these forty +years. As much as I have of the manuscript was sent me by a person of +sense and veracity and as little partial to visions as any body. For my +own part I build nothing on this or any other prophecy; only there is +something so very odd in the story and so pat in the wording of it that I +cannot help giving it as I found it. + +The family of the Cholmondeleys is very ancient in this county and takes +its name from a place so called near Nantwich; there are also Cholmton +and Cholmondeston; but the seat of that branch of the family which kept +our prophet Nixon is at Vale-Royal, on the river Weave in Delamere +forest. It was formerly an abbey, {43} founded by Edward I. and came to +the Cholmondeleys from the famous family of the Holcrofts. When Nixon +prophesied this family was near being extinct, the heir having married +Sir Walter St. John’s daughter, a lady not esteemed very young, who, +notwithstanding, being with child, fell in labour and continued so for +many days, during which time an eagle sat upon the house-top and flew +away when she was delivered of a son. + +A raven is also known to have built in a stone lion’s mouth in the +steeple of the church of Over, in the forest of Delamere. Not long +before the abdication of King James the wall spoken of fell down and fell +upwards and in removing the rubbish were found the bones of a man of more +than ordinary size. A pond at the same time ran with water that had a +reddish tincture and was never known to have done so before or since. + +Headless cross in the forest, which in the memory of man was several feet +high, is now only half a foot from the ground. + +In the parish of Budworth a boy was born about eighteen years ago with +three thumbs; the youth is still living there and the miller Peter lives +in Noginshire mill in expectation of fulfilling this prophecy on the +person of Perkin: he hath also two heels on one foot and I find he +intends to make use of them in the interest of King George, for he is a +bold Briton and a loyal subject, zealous for the Protestant succession in +the illustrious House of Hanover, has a vote for the knights of the shire +and never fails to give it on the right side: in a word, Peter will prate +or box for the good cause that Nixon had lifted him in and if he does not +do the business, this must be said of him, that no man will bid fairer +for it; which the Lady Egerton was so apprehensive of, that wishing well +to another restoration, she often instigated her husband to turn him out +of the mill; but he looked upon it as whimsical and so Peter still +continues there, in hopes of being as good a knight as Sir Philip his +landlord was. + +Of this Peter I have been told, that the Lady Narcliff of Chelsea and the +Lady St. John of Battersea, together with several other persons of credit +and fashion, have often been heard to talk and that they all asserted +their knowledge of the truth of our prophecy and its accomplishment, with +many particulars that are more extraordinary than any I have yet +mentioned. + +The noise of Nixon’s Predictions reaching the ears of King James the +First, he would needs see this fool, who cried and made ado that he might +not go to court and the reason that he gave was, that he should there be +STARVED.—(A very whimsical fancy of his, courts not being places where +people are used to starve in, when they once come there, whatever they +may have done before.)—The King being informed of Nixon’s refusing to +come, said he would take particular care that he should not be starved +and ordered him to be brought up. Nixon cried out, that he was sent for +again; and soon after the messenger arrived, who brought him up from +Cheshire. + +How or whether he prophecied to his Majesty, no person can tell; but he +is not the first fool that has made a good court prophet. + +That Nixon might be well provided for it was ordered that he should be +kept in the kitchen, where he grew so troublesome in licking and picking +the meat, that the cooks locked him up in a hole; and the King going on a +sudden from Hampton Court to London in their hurry they forgot the fool +and he was really starved to death. + +There are a great many passages of this fool-prophet’s life and sayings +transmitted in tradition from father to son in this county palatine; as, +that when he lived with a farmer before he was taken into Mr. +Cholmondeley’s family, he goaded an ox so cruelly that one of the +ploughmen threatened to beat him for abusing his master’s beast—Nixon +said, “My master’s beast will not be his three days.” A life in an +estate dropping in at that time, the lord of the manor took the same ox +for a heriot. This account whimsical and romantic as it is was told to +the Lady Cowper in the year 1670, by Dr. Patrick late Bishop of Ely then +chaplain to Sir Walter St. John; and that lady had the following further +particulars relating to this prophecy and the fulfilling of many parts of +it from Mrs. Chute, sister to Mrs. Cholmondeley of Vale-Royal, who +affirmed that a multitude of people gathered together to see the eagle +before-mentioned and the bird was frightened from her young; that she +herself was one of them and the cry among the people was, Nixon’s +prophecy is fulfilled and we have a foreign King. She declared that she +read over the prophecy many times when her sister was with child of the +heir who now enjoys the estate. She particularly remembers that King +James the Second was plainly pointed at and that it was foretold he +should endeavour to subvert the laws and religion of this kingdom, for +which reason they would rise and turn him out: that the eagle of which +Nixon prophecied perched in one of the windows all the time her sister +was in labour. She says it was the biggest bird she ever saw; that it +was in a deep snow and it perched on the edge of a great bow-window, +which had a large border on the outside and that she and many others +opened the window to try to scare it away, but it would not stir till +Mrs. Cholmondeley was delivered; after which it took flight to a great +tree over against the room her sister lay in, where having stayed about +three days it flew away in the night. She affirmed further to the Lady +Cowper, that the falling of the garden wall was a thing not to be +questioned, it being in so many people’s memory that it was foretold that +the heir of Vale-Royal should live to see England invaded by foreigners +and that he should fight bravely for his King and Country: that the +miller mentioned is now alive and expects to be knighted and is in the +very mill that is foretold: that he should kill two invaders who should +come in, the one from the West and the other from the North: that he from +the North should bring with him of all nations, Swedes, Danes, Germans, +and Dutch; and that in the folds of his garments he should bring fire and +famine, plague and murder: that many great battles should be fought in +England, one upon London-bridge, which should be so bloody, that people +will ride in London streets up to their horses’ bellies in blood; that +several other battles should be fought up and down most parts of +Cheshire; and that the last that ever would be fought in England should +be on Delamere forest: that the heir of Oulston, whose name is E— and has +married Earl Cholmondeley’s sister, should be hanged up at his own gate. + +Lastly, Nixon foretells great glory and prosperity to those who stand up +in defence of their laws and liberties; and ruin and misery to those who +should betray them. He says, the year before this would happen, bread +corn would be very dear and that the year following more troubles should +begin which would last three years; that the first would be moderate, the +second bloody, and the third intolerable; that unless they were shortened +no mortal could bear them; and that there were no mischiefs but what poor +England would feel at that time. But that GEORGE the SON of GEORGE, {51} +should put an end to all. That afterwards the church should flourish, +and England be the most glorious nation on earth. + +Lady Cowper was not content to take these particulars from Mrs. Chute, +but she enquired of Sir Thomas Aston, of the truth of this prophecy and +he attested it was in great reputation in Cheshire and that the facts +were known by every one to have happened as Nixon said they would; +adding, that the morning before the garden wall fell, his neighbour Mr. +Cholmondeley, going to ride out a hunting, said “Nixon seldom fails but +now I think he will; for he foretold that this day my garden wall would +fall and I think it looks as if it would stand these forty years;” that +he had not been gone above a quarter of an hour before the wall split and +fell upwards against the rising of the hill, which as Nixon would have +it, was the presage of a flourishing church. + +As to the removal of Peckforton-mill, it was done by Sir John Crew, the +mill having lost its trade there, for which he ordered it to be set upon +Ludington hill; and being asked if he did it to fulfil the prophecy, he +declared he never thought of it. I myself have inquired of a person who +knows Mr. Cholmondeley’s pond as well as Rosamond’s in St. James’s Park +and he assured me the falling of the wall and the pond running blood, (as +they call it) are facts which in Cheshire any one would be reckoned mad +for making the least question of them. As there are several particulars +in this prophecy which remain unfulfilled; so when they come to pass, +some other circumstances may be added, which are not convenient to be +told until accomplished. + +If I had a mind to look into the antiquities of this county, I might find +that prodigies and prophecies are no unusual things there. Camden tells +us that at Brereton not many miles from Vale-Royal which gave name to a +famous, ancient, numerous, and knightly family, there is a thing as +strange as that of the eagle, or the falling of the wall, which he says +was attested to him by many persons and was commonly believed; that +before any heir of this family dies there are seen, in a lake adjoining +the bodies of trees swimming upon the water for several days together. +He likewise adds that near the abbey of St. Maurice in Burgundy there is +a fish-pond in which a number of fish are put equal to the number of +monks of that place; and if any one of them happens to be sick, there is +a fish seen floating on the surface of the water; and in case the fit of +sickness proves fatal to the monk, the fish foretells it by its death +some days before. This the learned Camden relates in his description of +Cheshire and the opinion of the trees swimming in the lake near Brereton, +prevails all about the county to the present day, only with this +difference, that some say it is one log only that swims and some say +many. + +Lancashire, which is not far off, has been famous for witches and I am +afraid Cheshire is a little infected by its neighbourhood. Those that +will not believe our prophecy may leave it alone; but if hope is a good +help to faith, I shall not be long among the incredulous. + + * * * * * + +_The Editor presents his Readers with a Copy of a printed Paper_, _which +several aged Persons_, _residing near the Forest_, _have vouched for the +Authenticity of_. + + + + +A true and particular Account of a strange and surprising Vision, that +was seen in the Forest of Delamere, in Cheshire, on the 4th of last +Month. + + +AS Nixon, in the reign of King James the First, prophesied of many +strange and wonderful things that should come to pass, such as an heir +being born to Lord Cholmondeley’s which at that time there was little +reason to expect, but which came to pass; and that the eldest son or +young Lord Cholmondeley should have the misfortune to break his neck by +riding a hunting, which accident really did happen; and several other +things already come to pass according to the said prophecy, but, in +particular, of a wonderful battle or engagement that should be fought in +the forest of Delamere; and as it is now fully expected that we shall +have an invasion from our natural and inveterate enemies the French, it +is also thought it will be in the North of England and in all probability +the said Forest of Delamere may be the place of action or engagement: and +what strengthens the belief more is the vision that was seen in the said +forest on the 4th, as follows: + +As two ancient persons were walking over the said Forest, to their great +surprise, they saw at a distance before them an army rise out of the +ground drawn up with their proper officers and their commanders in front +of them, and whilst they were looking at and ruminating upon so strange a +sight, to their most wonderful surprise and amazement there arose also +another army out of the ground, at a small distance from the first, and +farther in the forest, which army was headed or commanded by a man in +royal apparel, who, after having drawn up his army, marched to meet and +engage the first; upon which a most bloody battle ensued with firearms, +and many appeared to be killed on both sides; but, being so near each +other, they laid down or grounded their arms and took to their swords, +with which great slaughter was made; and then came to such close quarters +that they put up their swords and fought with their hands; all of which +engagements continued more than three quarters of an hour, during which +time the said two ancient people were spectators; and at last the remains +of the army that first appeared retreated towards the sea, and vanished +directly out of their sight; whilst the other army which was commanded by +the man in royal apparel marched victorious out of the field as far as it +was possible to see them. These ancient people having spoken of the +above vision it came to the ears of several gentlemen, who sent for, and +examined them concerning the truth of it, which they were ready to make +oath of for their satisfaction. + +On the 6th of the same month, as seven men were going to Cheshire over +the said forest, about the middle of it they saw to their astonishment, a +vision much resembling that which was on the sixth as above described; +only with this addition that the victorious army had many slain to all +appearance, yet they resumed life again and joined their own army; all +which is looked upon as a good omen, that if in case England is invaded +by her enemies though the nation be seemingly dead and in great division, +yet on the approach of the enemy they will all in one general heart and +one mind exert themselves to repel our most inveterate enemies. + +As Nixon’s Prophecies are by some persons thought fables, yet by what has +come to pass it is now thought and very plainly appears that most of them +have or will prove true; for which reason we have all occasion not only +to exert our utmost might to repel by force our enemies, but to return +from our abandoned and wicked course of life, and make our continual +prayers to God for protection and safety. + + + + +PROPHECY +OF THE +FRENCH REVOLUTION, +FROM A PUBLICATION BY +THE LATE MR. PETER JURIEU, +IN 1687. + + + Rev. xi. 13. + + _And the same hour there was a great earthquake_, _and the tenth part + of the city fell_, _and in the earthquake were slain of men seven + thousand_, _and the remnant were affrighted_, _and gave glory to + God_. + +NOW what is the tenth part of the city which shall fall? in my opinion we +cannot doubt that it is France. This kingdom is the most considerable +part or piece of the ten horns, or states, which once made up the great +Babylonian city: it fell; this does not signify that the French Monarchy +shall be ruined: it may be humbled; but in all appearance Providence does +design a great elevation for her afterwards. ’Tis highly probable that +God will not let go unpunished the horrible outrages which it acts at +this day. Afterward, it must build its greatness upon the ruins of the +papal empire and enrich itself with the spoils of those who shall take +part with the papacy. They who at this day persecute the protestants +know not whither God is leading them: this is not the way by which he +will lead France to the height of glory. If she comes thither it is +because she shall shortly change her road. Her greatening will be no +damage to protestant states; on the contrary, the protestant states shall +be enriched with the spoil of others and be strengthened by the fall of +Antichrist’s empire. This tenth part of the city shall fall, with +respect to the papacy; it shall break with Rome and the Roman religion. +One thing is certain, that the Babylonian empire shall perish through the +refusal of obedience by the ten Kings, who had given their power to the +beast. This thing is already come to pass in part. The kingdoms of +Sweden, Denmark, England and several sovereign States in Germany have +withdrawn themselves from the jurisdiction of the Pope. They have +spoiled the harlot of her riches. They have eaten her flesh, i.e. seized +on her benefices, and revenues, which she had in their countries. This +must go on and be finished as it is begun. The Kings who yet remain +under the empire of Rome must break with her, leave her solitary and +desolate. + +But who must begin this last revolt? it is most probable that France +shall. Not Spain, which as yet is plunged in superstition and is as much +under the tyranny of the clergy as ever. Not the Emperor, who in +temporal matters is subject to the Pope and permits that in his states +the Archbishop of Strigonium should teach that the Pope can take away the +Imperial crown from him. It cannot be any country but France, which a +long time ago hath begun to shake off the yoke of Rome. ’Tis well known +how solemnly and openly war hath been declared against the Pope by a +declaration of the King (ratified in all the parliaments) by the +decisions of the assembly of the French Clergy, by a disputation against +the authority of the Pope, managed in the Sorbonne, solemnly and by order +of the court. And to heighten the affront the theses were posted up even +upon the gates of his Nuncio. Nothing of this kind had hitherto happened +at least in a time of peace and unless the Pope had given occasion by his +insolence. + +Besides this superstition and idolatry lose their credit much in +France.—There is a secret party, though well enough known, which greatly +despiseth the popular devotions, images, worship of saints, and is +convinced that these are human inventions: God is beforehand preparing +for his great work. + +To this it may be objected that for the last hundred and fifty years the +Pope’s empire hath not been made up of ten Kings, because the Kings of +England, Sweden, Denmark, etc., have thrown off his government; and +consequently, France is not at this day the tenth part of the Babylonian +empire; for it is more than a tenth part of it. But this is no +difficulty; for we must know, that things retain the names which they +bore in their original (without regarding the alterations which time does +bring along.) Though at this day there are not ten kingdoms under the +Babylonian empire, it is, notwithstanding, certain, that each kingdom was +called, and ought to be called in this prophecy, the tenth part, because +the prophet having described this empire in its beginning, by its ten +horns, or ten kings, it is necessary for our clear understanding, that +every one of these Kings and kingdoms, should be called one of the ten +Kings, or of ten kingdoms, with respect to the original constitution of +the Antichristian empire. + +Seeing the tenth part of the city that must fall, is France, this gives +me some hopes that the death of the two witnesses hath a particular +relation to this kingdom. It is the street or place of this city, i.e. +the most fair and eminent part of it. The witnesses must remain dead +upon the street and upon it they must be raised again. And as the death +of the witnesses and their resurrection have a relation to the kingdom of +France, it may well fall out, that we may not be far distant from the +time of the resurrection of the witnesses, seeing the three years and a +half of their death are either begun, or will begin shortly. + +And in the earthquake were slain seven thousand; in the Greek it is seven +thousand names of men, and not seven thousand men. I confess that this +seems somewhat mysterious: in other places we find not this phrase, names +of men, but simply men. Perhaps there is a figure of grammar, called +_hypolage casus_, so that names of men are put for men of name, i.e. of +raised and considerable quality, be it on account of riches, or of +dignity, or of learning. But I am more inclined to say, that here these +names of men, must be taken in their natural signification and do +intimate that the total Reformation of France shall not be made with +bloodshed, nothing shall be destroyed but names; such as are the names of +Monks, of Carmelites, of Augustines, of Dominicans, of Jacobins, of +Franciscans, Capuchins, Jesuits, Minimes and an infinite company of +others, whose number it is not easy to define and which the Holy Ghost +denotes by the number seven, which is the number of perfection, to +signify that the orders of monks and nuns shall perish for ever. This is +an institution so degenerated from its first original, that it is become +the ruin of Antichrist. These orders cannot perish one without the +other. + +These great events deserve to be distinguished from all others; for they +have changed, or shall change, THE WHOLE FACE OF THE WORLD. + + + + +EXTRACTS +FROM +SERMONS +BY +DR. JOHN GILL. + + +THERE are some times fixed in prophecy, which by diligence, attention, +and application men may arrive to some understanding of. There are +indeed some times and seasons, the knowledge of which is not to be +attained unto; and it would be wrong, as well as in vain, curiously to +search into them. _It is not for us to know the times or the seasons_, +_which the Father hath put in his own power_; for he has _determined the +times before appointed_, when every thing that he has purposed or +promised shall come to pass; and he has fixed a _time for every purpose +under the heaven_, for the performance of every thing he has designed +shall be; _a time to be born_, _and a time to die_, and for every +intermediate event; but these times are not known beforehand, until +things are brought into execution. There are others and very remarkable +events, the times of which are pointed at in prophecy; and which with +diligence and application, a knowledge of them may in some measure be +attained unto: as for instance, the first coming of Christ into this +world to save men: the time for it was not only agreed upon and settled +between the Father and the Son, called _the fulness of time_, but there +were several prophetic hints of it; nay, not only was it described by +some general circumstances, as that it should be before the second temple +was destroyed, since he was to come into it and while the sceptre was in +the tribe of Judah; but the precise time was fixed by Daniel’s seventy +weeks, or four hundred years, which were to commence from a date given +him; and before the expiration of which the Messiah was to come: and so +as he by reading Jeremiah’s books knew the time when the Babylonish +captivity should end; another by reading his prophecies might know when +the Messiah would come; and accordingly about the time when those weeks +were drawing near to an expiration, there were many that were looking for +the Messiah and redemption by him, as knowing that it was about the time +by these weeks that he should come. There is a time set for the second +coming and God in his times will show him, or cause him openly to appear; +and though he will come in an hour we know not of, yet there are some +circumstances pointed out in the word of God by which it may be known +that it is nigh at hand; as that the day when the Son of man shall be +revealed shall be as the days of Noah and Lot, when men indulged +themselves in pleasure, lived in great security, unaware of the ruin +coming upon them; and that when the Son of man cometh, faith will not be +found in the earth; whether this be understood of the grace or doctrine +of faith, or of faith with respect to Christ’s coming: and when we +compare these things with the present times, and consider the luxury, +love of pleasure, carnal security and infidelity that abound among us, we +might conclude that the coming of Christ is just at hand, were it not +that there are many things which require time yet to be fulfilled +previous to it, as the destruction of Antichrist, the conversion of the +Jews, and the bringing in of the fulness of the Gentiles. So the last +judgment which will take place at the second coming of Christ, and is +most certain, being early known and often spoken of. Enoch, the seventh +from Adam, prophecied of it, and of Christ’s coming to it; the day is +appointed when it will come on, though of that day and hour knoweth no +man, not the angels in heaven, but the Father only: but then the +principal things that should come to pass, relative to the church, +between the first and second coming of Christ to judgment, are signified +to us in the book of the Revelation. + + _Sermon from_ 1 _Chron._ xii. 32, + _preached Jan._ 1, 1752. + +The destruction of Antichrist is the grand leading event to the glories +of this state. This is hinted at in the epistle to the church at +Philadelphus, the emblem of the spiritual reign; it will be the last +struggle of the beast that will cause that _hour of temptation which +shall come upon all the world to try_ the inhabitants of it: when the +seventh trumpet will be sounded, which will bring on the spiritual +kingdom of Christ throughout the world, he will destroy them which +destroy the earth; meaning the Papists, who have destroyed the +inhabitants of the earth with their false doctrine, superstitious +worship, and with those bloody wars, murders, and massacres they have +been at the bottom of. And till this is done the spiritual reign cannot +take place, especially in its full compass, and in all its branches, for +so long as Antichrist reigns, the church will be more or less in an +afflicted state: the date of the church’s troubles, and of the reign of +Antichrist are alike, and will expire together: the power given to the +beast is to continue forty and two months; wherefore there can be no +truly good and happy days, till these dates are ended. + +The destruction of Antichrist will be by the spirit of Christ’s mouth, +and the brightness of his coming; that is, by his coming in a spiritual +way; or through the word of his mouth, his gospel attended by his spirit +and power; which will shine out with so much lustre, splendour, light, +and glory, as will chase away the darkness of popery, and enlighten the +minds of people, to see into all the fopperies, absurdities, and +wickedness of that religion and cause them to cast it off: yea, even to +open the eyes of the kings and princes of the earth, to behold and loath +the abominations of the whore of Rome they have committed fornication +with; and fill them with wrath and indignation against her, as to hate +her, make her bare and desolate, and burn her with fire. + +This work will be greatly effected by the pouring out of the seven vials +of God’s wrath, or the inflicting the seven last plagues upon the +anti-Christian states, upon the western and eastern Antichrist, the Pope +and Turk; who must be both removed to make way for the spiritual reign of +Christ. These seven vials will be poured out, or those plagues inflicted +by Angels; by whom we are to understand protestant kings, and princes, +and generals of armies; and these will be given them by one or the first +of the four beasts, or living creatures, the emblems of gospel ministers; +who having some notice of the time of antichrist’s destruction being at +hand, will stir and animate the christian princes and potentates to take +this work in hand; and who are therefore said to go forth from the +temple, the church, the place of divine and spiritual worship, and where +they themselves are worshippers; and from whence they have orders to go +forth and do their work. + +The first five of these vials concern the western Antichrist, and his +dominions: between which, and the trumpets, there is a great +correspondence, though they respect different times and persons. The +first vial will be poured out upon the earth, and designs those popish +countries which are upon the continent, as France and Germany, especially +the latter; and as the first trumpet brought the Goths into Germany, so +the first vial will bring great distress upon the popish party in the +empire, and issue in a reformation from popery. The second vial will be +poured out upon the sea, and may intend the maritime powers belonging to +the see of Rome, particularly Spain and Portugal; and as the second +trumpet brought the Vandals into these places, so this vial will effect +the same, and bring wars and desolations into them, and make a change in +their religion. The third vial will be poured out upon the rivers and +fountains of water, which may point to those places adjacent to Rome, as +Italy and Savoy; and as the third trumpet brought the Huns into those +parts; so this vial will bring in large armies hither, which will cause +much bloodshed, and a great revolution in church and state. The fourth +vial will be poured out upon the sun, which must denote some person or +persons of great dignity and influence, and as the fourth trumpet brought +destruction upon the Emperor of Rome, the sun of the empire, and upon +governors under him, signified by the moon and stars; this vial will +bring on the ruin of the pope of Rome, the sun of the antichristian +empire, with all his cardinals, bishops, priests, etc. The fifth vial +will be poured out upon the seat of the beast, which is Rome, the seat +that the devil gave to the beast, and will produce great darkness in his +kingdom; though as yet it will not be utterly destroyed, which is +reserved to the seventh vial. Now these several vials as they will be so +many plagues on the western Antichrist, and make so many breaches and +ruins upon his states and dominions, so they will be so many gradual +steps to the advancement of the glory and kingdom of Christ, and issue in +the reformation of these places from popery. The sixth vial will be +poured out on the river Euphrates, which designs the Turkish empire, in +the midst of which that river is; and as the sixth trumpet let loose the +four angels, or heads of the Ottoman family into Europe, so this vial +affects the same empire and brings destruction on it, signified by the +drying up of the waters of that river, as Babylon’s destruction is +expressed by the drying up of her sea, Jer. li. 36, which will make way +for the king, or kingdoms of the East; the kingdoms of Persia and Tartary +and others, to receive and embrace the Christian religion: this is the +second, or Turkish woe, which shall pass away; when the kingdoms of this +world will become Christ’s and his dominion will be from sea to sea, from +the Mediterranean Sea to the Persian Sea; and from the river Euphrates to +the ends of the earth. The seventh vial will be poured out upon the air, +the whole kingdom of Satan, in all the branches of it, who is the prince +of the power of the air; and this vial will clear the whole world of all +the remains of Christ’s enemies, pagan, papal, and Mahometon, which the +other vials left or did not reach; and now will Christ’s kingdom be in +its full glory. Now the heathens, papists, pagans and Mahometans, will +perish out of this land and these sorts of sinners will be consumed out +of the earth and such wicked ones will be no more. + +God will make a short work in righteousness, upon the enemies of his +church: as yet I take it, none of them are poured out, though some great +and learned men have so thought; as yet there have been no such +devastations on the continent, as in France and Germany, as to produce +the above effects; nor in the countries of Spain and Portugal; nor in +Italy and Savoy, and like the places near Rome, nor in the seat of the +beast, Rome itself; nor on the Pope and his cardinals; the river +Euphrates is not dried up; the Ottoman empire is yet in being; the +Turkish woe is not passed away; and much less the world cleared of all +the enemies of Christ and his church; no, before this work is done, the +outer court must be given to the Gentiles, and the witnesses must be +slain. Had they begun to be poured out at the time of the reformation, +as some have thought, in all likelihood they would have been finished +before now; and Antichrist would have been destroyed, and better times +than we are now in would have succeeded; but, however, this we may be +assured of, that as the plagues in Egypt issued in the destruction of +Pharaoh, and in the deliverance of the Israelites, so these vials will +end in the ruin of Antichrist, and in the salvation of the church of +Christ. As soon as these things will take place, nay, as soon as you +hear of those seven plagues, immediately you hear of persons on a sea of +glass, triumphing over Antichrist, having the harps of God, and singing +the song of Moses and the Lamb: and no sooner it is said, that Babylon is +fallen, but voices are heard in heaven ascribing salvation, glory, honour +and power to God, for his judgments on the great whore; declaring that +the Lord God omnipotent reigneth; that the marriage of the Lamb is come; +and his bride made ready; and proclaiming them happy that are called to +the marriage-supper of the Lamb; all which respect the spiritual reign of +Christ, now introduced by the ruin of Antichrist. + +There will be very large conversions every where, in the several parts of +the world: in all popish countries and antichristian states; even the ten +kings that have given their kingdoms to the beast, have been associates +of Antichrist and reigned with him, shall withdraw from him; they and +their subjects shall revolt from him, and be converted, and embrace the +pure gospel: as it will be the christian princes and potentates that will +pour out the seven vials on Antichrist, they will carry the gospel with +them wherever they go; or, however, the ministers of it will follow +closely at their heels, way being made by the former for them; whose +ministry will meet with great success every where, and those that escape +the judgments of God in these nations, will not only be affrighted at +them, but will be truly converted by the gospel and give glory to the God +of heaven. In the Mahometan nations, the Turkish woe being past and that +empire being destroyed and way made for the gospel to be carried into the +eastern kingdoms, great and large conversions will be made by it; there +is a most glaring prophecy of this in Isa. lx. 7., which whole chapter +concerns the spiritual and personal reign of Christ; all the flocks of +Kedar shall be gathered together unto thee, the rams of Nebaioth shall +minister unto thee; they shall come up with acceptance on mine altar and +I will glorify the house of my glory. Now Kedar and Nebaioth were the +sons of Ishmael, Gen. xxv. 13., who settled in Arabia, the country now +possessed by the Turks; so that this is a prophecy of the conversion of +multitudes in those parts, whereby the interest of Christ will be +increased and his church glorified. Moreover, in all Pagan countries the +gospel will make its way, and be successful; the covering and veil of +blindness and ignorance, cast and spread over all people and nations, +will be removed by it; not only the darkness of popery and Mahometanism, +but the gross darkness of paganism shall flee away at the light and +brightness of Zion’s rising; the Gentiles shall come to it; the fulness +and forces of them shall be brought into the church, being converted by +the word: and not only vast multitudes of the common people but great +personages also; kings shall be enlightened by it; these shall come to +Christ, fall down before him and worship him; these shall come into his +church and become members of it; kings shall be nursing fathers and +queens nursing mothers to his people; they shall bring their riches, +honour, and glory into his house; and his saints shall suck the breasts +of kings, be enriched, honoured and protected by them. This will be the +time when the kingdom and dominion and the greatness of the kingdom under +the whole heaven shall be given to the people of the saints of the Most +High; not that there will be any change or alteration in the form and +order of civil government, which will be the same as now; there will be +kings and queens then, as at this time, as these prophecies show, it will +not be until the personal reign of Christ takes place, that all rule, +authority and power, will be put down: civil magistracy in the spiritual +reign will continue as it is; only it will change hands, it will be +entirely in the hands of christian kings and princes all the world over; +and no doubt but it will be better exercised, be more orderly and +regular; and that truth and righteousness will prevail every where. But +I must not forget the conversion of that considerable body of people the +Jews, who have been preserved a distinct people for several hundreds of +years for this purpose; the conversion of these people will be sudden and +of them altogether a nation shall be born at once. It looks as if their +conversion would be like that of the apostle Paul, and he seems to hint +that it will, when he says, that he, in obtaining mercy, was a pattern to +them which should hereafter believe; meaning, perhaps, his own countrymen +that should believe in Christ in the latter day, whose conversion would +be similar to his; that as his conversion was sudden, in the midst of all +his ignorance, unbelief, and rebellion, and without the word, by the +immediate power and grace of God, so will theirs be in like manner: nor +is it likely that their conversion should be by means of the word, since +there is such an aversion in that people to the hearing of it; and a rare +thing it is to see a Jew in a Christian assembly. But, however, all +Israel shall be called, converted, and saved; there is a famous prophecy +of this in Hos. iii. 4, 5., in the first of these verses it is said, the +children of Israel shall abide many days without a king and without a +prince; without any civil government of their own, the sceptre having +departed from them many hundred years ago; and without sacrifice; daily +or yearly, or on any occasion: they believing it to be unlawful to +sacrifice any where but in their own land, and at Jerusalem, and on the +altar of God there; and without an image, and without an ephod, and +without seraphim; without any manner of idols, or idol-worship; they +being not addicted to idolatry, since their return from the Babylonish +captivity: and now as all these things are exactly fulfilled in them, so +will in like manner that which follows: afterwards shall the children of +Israel return: by faith and repentance, from their evil way, from their +impenitence and unbelief, and rejection of the Messiah, and seek the Lord +their God, and David their king; the Messiah, the son of David, their +king, as their own _Targum_ paraphrases it; and shall fear the Lord and +his goodness in the latter days; in the spiritual reign of Christ; and it +is hinted as in the Philadelphian state, Rev. iii. 9, then will the +children of Israel appoint themselves one head, which is Christ, whom +they will own and acknowledge to be their head, lord, and king; and they +shall come out of the land, or countries where they are, to their own +land, and great shall be the day of Jezreel: and this will make a +considerable part of the glory of Christ’s spiritual kingdom. + +The light of the gospel, both in the preachers and professors of it, will +be very great, clear, and distinct; the light of the moon, as in the +present dispensation to which it may be compared, shall be as the light +of the sun, to which that dispensation shall be like; and the light of +the sun shall be sevenfold, as the light of seven days: as if the light +of seven days were collected together, and shone out at once; +hyperbolical expressions, setting forth the exceeding greatness of gospel +light in those times: not only the watchmen, ministers of the word, shall +see eye to eye, all truths clearly and distinctly, but their ideas and +sentiments shall be regular and uniform; there will be an entire harmony +and agreement between them; and even private Christians, common members, +shall all know the Lord, and the things of the gospel, in a very clear +and comfortable manner, even from the least of them unto the greatest of +them; when God shall lay Zion’s stones with fair colours, and her +foundation with sapphires, make her windows of agates, and her gates of +carbuncles, and all her borders of pleasant stones; then all her children +shall be taught of God, to such a degree as they never were before, so +clearly, fully and universally. + +Brotherly love, which is now waxed cold, will be in its height and glory, +agreeable to the name of this state, Philadelphia, which signifies +brotherly love: there will be no more contentions, animosities, and +quarrels: Ephraim shall not envy Judah on account of pre-eminence of +office, gifts and grace; and Judah shall not envy Ephraim, by any haughty +or overbearing carriage, or with wrangling debates and opprobrious +language: the two sticks of Ephraim and Judah shall be one in the hand of +the Lord; there will be perfect harmony and love, nothing to disturb, +distress, and make uneasy, or tend to alienate the affections of one from +another; there will be no pricking briars nor grieving thorns among them; +they will be like the first Christians, of one heart and of one mind, and +of one judgment, all studying to keep the unity of the spirit in the bond +of peace. + +Holiness, which becomes the house of God for ever, will now adorn every +member in it; nor will there be such immorality in the world as at this +present time: holiness will be as common as profaneness is now; in that +day there shall be upon the bells of the horses holiness to the Lord—yea, +every pot in Jerusalem and in Judah, shall be holiness unto the Lord of +hosts: Christ therefore takes his titles in writing to the church at +Philadelphia, the emblem of the spiritual reign, suitable to its state; +as truth and holiness shall then prevail, he addresses it thus, these +things saith he that is holy, he that is true; truth and holiness go +together; truth influences the heart, and that the life and conversation. + +There will be great peace and prosperity of all kinds, inward and +outward, spiritual and temporal; in these days of the Messiah’s spiritual +reign, shall the righteous flourish; and abundance of peace so long as +the moon endureth: as the saints will enjoy great peace of conscience and +tranquillity of mind so they will have nothing to disturb them without; +there will be no more persecution; there will be none to hurt or destroy +in all the Lord’s holy mountain, as there will be no discord among +themselves, so no distress from any enemies, violence shall no more be +heard in their land, nor wasting and destruction within their border. O +happy, halcyon days! I go on to observe, + +There will be a personal appearance of the Son of God, and a glorious one +it will be: he will personally appear; the Lord himself shall descend, +not by his spirit, or by the communication of his grace, or by his +gracious presence, as before; but in person he will descend from the +third heaven, where he is, in our nature, into the air, where he will be +visible; every eye shall see him, when he cometh with clouds, or in the +clouds of heaven, which will be his chariot; he will descend on earth et +the proper time; and his feet shall stand on the Mount of Olives; on that +spot of ground from whence he ascended to heaven. Job seems to have this +descent of his in view when he says, he shall stand at the latter day +upon the earth; which seems to respect not so much his first coming as +his second; since it is connected with the resurrection of the dead. + +This appearance of Christ will be a very glorious one: it is called the +glorious appearing of the great God, and our Saviour Jesus Christ. + +Happy are those that belong to this city, who are fellow-citizens with +the saints, and of the household of God; whose citizenship is in heaven, +and they have a right to enter in through the gates into the holy city, +the new Jerusalem; but miserable will these be that will be without, for +without are dogs: and then he that is unjust, will be unjust still; and +he that is filthy, will be filthy still; and he that is righteous, will +be righteous still; and he that is holy, will be holy still. + +_Sermon from Psalm_ lxxxvii. 3, _preached Dec._ 27, 1752. + + * * * * * + +_An Extraordinary Prediction relating to the Downfall of the House of +Bourbon and the House of Austria_. + + + + +RELATED BY MR. JOHN WESLEY. + + +A LITTLE before the conclusion of the late war in Flanders, one who came +from thence gave us a very strange relation; I knew not what judgment to +form of this, but waited till John Haim should come over, of whose +veracity I could no more doubt than of his understanding. The account he +gave was this; Jonathan Pyrah was a member of our society in Flanders, I +knew him some years, and knew him to be a man of an unblameable +character. One day he was summoned to appear before the Board of General +Officers; one of them said, What is this we hear of you? we hear you have +turned Prophet, and that you foretell the downfall of the bloody house of +Bourbon, and the haughty house of Austria; we should be glad if you were +a real Prophet, and if your prophecies came true; but what sign do you +give to convince us you are so, and that your predictions will come to +pass? He readily answered, Gentlemen, I give you a sign: to-morrow, at +twelve o’clock, you shall have such a storm of thunder and lightning as +you never had before since you came into Flanders. I give you a second +sign: as little as any of you except any such thing, as little appearance +of it as there is now, you shall have a general engagement with the +French within three days. I give you a third sign: I shall be ordered to +advance in the first line; if I am a false Prophet I shall be shot dead +at the first discharge, but if I am a true Prophet I shall only receive a +musket-ball in the calf of my left leg. At twelve the next day there was +such thunder and lightning as they never had in Flanders; on the third +day, contrary to all expectation, was the general battle of Fontenoy; he +was ordered to advance in the first line, and at the very first discharge +he did receive a musket-ball in the calf of his left leg. + +When the war was over he returned to England, but the story was got here +before him, in consequence of which he was sent for by the countess of +Stair, and several other persons of quality, who were desirous of hearing +so surprising an account from his own mouth. He could not bear so much +honour; it quite turned his brain. In a little time he went stark mad, +and so he continues to this day, living still, as I apprehend, on Wibsey +Moor Side, within a few miles of Bradford. + +So much for this military Prophet. Mr. Wesley remarks in a note that he +is since dead; but we are not able to ascertain whether there be any +account of him and his predictions in the papers or other periodical +publications of that time. If any gentleman is in possession of +information on this subject, the intelligence is worth communicating to +the public. + +Part of this prophecy being fulfilled, the objects in view to be obtained +by a publication are, what was the exact prophecy? whether the several +circumstances mentioned did take place. + + + + +PROPHECIES +OF +MOTHER SHIPTON, +AND +MARTHA, +THE GIPSY. + + + * * * * * + + LONDON: + _PUBLISHED FOR THE BOOKSELLERS_. + + + + +THE +LIFE AND PROPHECIES +OF +MOTHER SHIPTON. + + +IN the second year of the reign of Henry VII., which was the year 1486, +there lived a woman called Agatha Shipton, at a place called +Knaresborough, in Yorkshire. She came of poor parentage, who died and +left her, at the age of fifteen, destitute. After their decease, she +still lived in the old house; but being now deprived of those helps she +formerly enjoyed, she was obliged to seek relief from the parish; which +she did, but with so much regret and grief, that she seemed in her +begging rather to command alms, than in a humble manner to desire it. + +Satan looked on her poverty to be great, and knowing her evil inclination +(for you must understand that Satan is a good scholar), and perceiving +that she was willing to accept of any proposition to change her +condition, he, one time, as she was sitting melancholy under a tree by a +river side, accosted her in the form of a very handsome young man. +“Pretty maid,” said he, “why so sad? thy age is too tender for thy head +to be troubled with the cares of the world; come, tell me what is the +matter, and if it lie within my power to assist thee, as I am sure it +doth, thou shalt not want a friend of me.” + +Agatha cast up her eyes, and seeing a face so lovely, could not suspect +Satan hid in that comely shape, whereupon, in a lamentable tone, she +expressed all that troubled her, informing him of her great wants, and +that, not knowing how to work, she could not provide what her necessities +required. “Pish,” said Satan “this is nothing; be ruled by me, and all +shall be well.” She told him she would. Hereupon, he ordered her to +meet him at the same place the next day, and he would bring some friends +along with him; for he told her he resolved to marry her. She promised +him she would; and accordingly they met. He came riding upon a stately +horse, with a pillion behind him for his spouse, attended by a great many +gallants (as they appeared), well mounted, and in a noble equipage. + +Satan’s attendants soon conveyed his mistress behind him; she not in the +least doubting the reality of all she saw. + +They needed neither switch nor spur to hasten them forward, the horses +were fiery enough of themselves, and ran with that swiftness, that the +wind could not overtake them in their full speed: soon they arrived at +their journey’s end, where seemed to be a very stately house, with a pair +of great gates, which, at their approach, was opened by a porter in his +livery gown. Alighting, she went in, where she saw a great many +servants, who seemed, at the sight of her and their master, to show much +respect and obeisance. + +Now did Satan command rich garments to be brought, which she was +immediately clothed with; and being thus richly attired, she was ushered +into a great hall, where was a long table, furnished with all the +varieties the whole world could afford; at the upper end of which table +she was placed, next to her intended husband: all the rest of the guests +placed themselves as they thought fit. As they had the choicest cheer, +so they had the best of wines, and sweetest music. + +Dinner being ended, they fell to dancing; and now Satan told her he was +no mortal, but spirit, immaterial, and not burdened by a body, nor +hindered by any material thing; “So that I can, when I please, pierce +through the earth, and ransack its treasures, and bring what precious +thing I please from thence to bestow on those that serve me. I know all +rare arts and sciences, and can teach them to whom I please. I can +disturb the elements, stir up thunders and lightnings, destroy the best +of things which were created for the use of man, and can appear in what +shape or form I please. It will take too long to describe my power, or +tell you what I can do; but I will only tell thee what thou shalt do. +That being done, I will give thee power to raise hail, tempests, with +lightning and thunder; the winds shall be at thy command, and shall bear +thee whither thou art willing to go, though ever so far off, and shall +bring thee back again when thou hast a mind to return. The hidden +treasures of the earth shall be at thy disposal and pleasure, and nothing +shall be wanting to complete thy happiness here. Thou shalt, moreover, +heal or kill whom thou pleaseth; destroy or preserve either man or beast; +know what is passed, and assuredly tell what is to come.” Here note, by +the way, Satan is a liar from the beginning, and will promise more by ten +millions than he knows he is capable of performing, to the intent that he +may ensnare a soul. + +This poor ignorant wretch easily believed what this grand deceiver of +mankind told her, and being ravished with the thoughts of being so highly +preferred, she condescended to all Satan would have her do, whereupon he +bid her say after him in this manner: _Raziel ellimiham mir amwish +ziragia Psonthonphanchia Raphaelel have run a tapinot am becaz mitzphecat +jarid cuman hapheah Gabriel Heydon turris dungeonis philonomostarkes +sophecord hankim_. After she had repeated these words after him, he bid +her say after him again: _Kametzeatuph Odel Pheraz Tumbag in Gall +Flemmugen Victow Denmarkeonto_. Having finished his last wicked speech, +which even the chief of his minions understood not, and of which none but +Satan himself can pick out the meaning, it thundered so horridly that +every clap seemed as if the vaulted roof of heaven had cracked, and was +tumbling down on her head; and withal, that stately palace, which she +thought she was then in, vanished in a thrice; so did her sumptuous +apparel: and now her eyes being opened, she found herself in a dark +dolesome wood, a place, which, from the creation, had scarce ever enjoyed +the benefit of one single sun-beam. Whilst she was thinking in what +course to steer, in order to return, two flaming fiery dragons appeared +before her, tied to a chariot, and as she was consulting with herself +what was best to be done, she was insensibly hoisted into it, and with +speed unimaginable, conveyed through the air to her own poor cottage. + +Being come home, the neighbours flocked around her, having missed her for +two or three days, shrewdly suspecting some mischief had befallen her; +but when they beheld her face, they were all amazed to see such a strange +alteration in her countenance in so short a time! Before she met Satan +she looked healthy, but now that red plumpness had vanished, there was +nothing to be seen but a pale shrivelled skin on her cheek, which, for +want of flesh seemed to fall into her mouth, to be devoured by her +hunger-starved jaws. Those about her, who were charitable-minded, pitied +her, comforted, and gave her money, which, with a great deal of disdain +and scorn, she threw at them, saying, she wanted not, nor stood in need +of their alms, “for here,” said she, “is money enough,” plucking her hand +out of her pocket; the people near her discovered that what was in her +hands was nothing else but some aspen-leaves, and notwithstanding they +endeavoured to persuade her that she was mistaken in supposing that to be +money, yet she would not believe them, so strong a power had Satan gotten +over her already. + +In fine, she bid them all begone, for now she began to take little +delight in human society; it was not long that they had left her, before +Satan came in to see her, in the same handsome young form as he first +appeared unto her, telling her that he came to supply the company of +those she had wisely dismissed; that she needed not the society of any +human creature, for he would not fail to be constantly with her: always +bringing with him what should not only serve for a bare livelihood, but +be her delight, pleasure, and satisfaction: hereupon, by Satan’s command, +there instantly seemingly appeared a complete noise of music, with a +great variety of dishes of meat of the choicest and most pleasing sort, +which so ravished Agatha that she fell to the ground in a profound and +deep trance. One of the neighbours coming in at this time, wondered to +see Agatha lying on the floor motionless; however, out of pity, she +endeavoured to awaken Agatha; but using what means she could, it all +signified nothing; she shook and pinched her, yet still she lay +insensible. This woman being strangely amazed, ran out among the rest of +the neighbours, crying out poor Agatha Shipton was suddenly struck dead, +and desired them to go into the house with her, and be eye-witnesses of +the truth; whereupon several went, and found what this woman said to be +seemingly true; but one wiser than the rest, stooped down, and perceiving +that she breathed, said, “Friends, ye are all mistaken; Agatha is not +dead, but in a trance, or else she is bewitched.” She had scarcely +uttered these words before Agatha began to stir, and soon after, raising +herself on her legs, cried out in a very distracted tone, “What do you +here, vile wretches! Cannot I enjoy my pleasures, but ye must be +eaves-dropping? Get ye gone, ye have nothing to do here;” and hereupon +she fell a dancing; which they wondered at because they could hear no +music. At length, Agatha turned about, and seeing they were not gone, +said, “If you are resolved thus to disturb me, and will not go, I will +make ye.” This somewhat affrighted them, for they now verily believed +she was a witch, and as they were hastening away, with all imaginable +speed, a sudden strong wind hoisted them to a great height into the air, +falling all to the ground again without the least harm, the men were like +overgrown goats, with large horns on their heads, and the women riding on +their backs, which sight, as they produced inexpressible wonder, so +amidst their amazement they could not but burst out into excessive +laughter. + +This wonderful and unexpected exploit was instantly noised all about the +country, and occasioned a great resort of people to the place where +Agatha lived; which so perplexed her by their undesired visits, that she +resolved within herself to be revenged on some of them; which by Satan’s +help she effected: one had a horse that died suddenly, and being opened, +there was found in his stomach fish-hooks and hair, instead of hay and +oats; another going to sit down at table with persons of good quality, at +dinner-time, and thinking himself very spruce and fine, had in an instant +his ruff pulled off his neck, and the seat of a house of office clapped +on in its place: he that sat next to him breaking out in a great laughter +at the sight thereof, was served a little better, for his hat was +invisibly conveyed away, and the kitchen pan put on instead thereof; a +modest young gentlewoman, who did sit at the table at that time, and was +come on no other errand but to see this young witch, which was so much +talked of, looking on these two worthy spectacles of laughter, +endeavouring all she could to refrain from laughing, but could not for +above a quarter of an hour: this made them all laugh so extremely, that +the master of the house was alarmed, and being desirous to share with his +guests in their mirth, came running upstairs as fast as his legs could +carry him; when about to enter the door, he could not, and no wonder, +since the oldest man living never saw a larger pair of horns than he had +on his head. + +Whilst they were gazing one on another, more than half distracted, they +were reduced to the same condition they were in before; after which there +followed a noise, as if a hundred persons were laughing together, but +nothing at all was seen. + +These persons fearing something worse might befall them if they stayed +any longer, made all the haste they could to be gone. Agatha knowing +their intent, resolved to take her farewell of them by serving them one +trick more, which was this: As they were about to mount on horseback, +they were pelted with rotten apples and filth. As they rode through the +town, such as thought they rode singly, were all observed to have behind +them, each man, a deformed old woman; and as their faces differed all one +from another, so did their habits, which were all tattered and ragged, +and patched with a hundred colours. Fear, shame, and the hooting of the +people, made them put spurs to their horses, neither did they forbear the +whip, nor anything that might add speed to their horses’ heels, so that +it may be said, they rather flew than rode. + +Coming home, they declared what wonderful things they had seen performed, +though by a young one, yet as they believed, the greatest witch in the +world. This news being so generally spread, came at length to the ears +of the justices, who now thought it high time to question and bring to +examination a person that was so much talked of, and might, if let alone, +do a great deal of mischief. Accordingly two stout fellows were +despatched for her; they soon found her, and nothing daunted by her +witcheries, they resolutely carried her before the justice, where being +brought, she, not a jot daunted, told him that she had more authority +than he, and that notwithstanding his power, she could command one that +could overrule him; that she was a princess, and could have at her back a +thousand spirits of the air, and as many of the earth and water; that she +could raise a tempest presently that should overturn his house about his +ears, “and that you may know it lies not in your power to detain me, +three words will procure my liberty.” Hereupon, she said, “Updraxi, call +Stygician Helluox!” She had scarce uttered the last word, before there +came in a horrid winged dragon, which immediately took her up, and +carried her away from the amazed justice and the attendants about him, +half dead with fear. + +This so affrighted all that heard of it, that none would undertake to +meddle with her more, so that she had a considerable time of respite. +But she now began to be more admired than before, being discovered to be +enceinte. The people could not tell what to think, or who could be the +father. While people were generally passing their verdict on Agatha, she +was once taken and brought before a justice, and amongst other questions, +was asked, whether she was enceinte? She acknowledged it; nay, further, +that the father was no mortal wight. The justice gave no credit to what +she said, as looking on her as an ignorant seduced woman; and so asked +her what bail she could produce, intending to defer the business until +she was delivered. In this very nick of time, two gentlemen, as they +appeared by their habits, voluntarily proffered themselves, but as soon +as accepted for bail, vanished; however, Agatha had permission to go +home. + +In course of time was born, Mother Shipton, which proved the conclusion +of her miserable life. But her entry into the world was such a terror to +all that beheld her, that several credible person then presented, have +several times confessed that they have never beheld the like: such +strange and horrible noises, that the persons about her could scarcely +find so much courage in themselves as to continue in the place where she +was; much less when they beheld the strange and unparalleled physiognomy +of the child, which was so misshapen, that it is altogether impossible to +express it fully in words, or the most ingenious to describe her in +colours, though many persons of eminent qualifications in that art have +often attempted it, but without success; therefore, according to the best +observations of her, take this true, though not full, account of her +features and body. She was of an indifferent height, but very morose and +big-boned; her head very long, with very great goggling, but sharp and +fiery eyes; her nose of an incredible and unproportionable length, having +in it many crooks and turnings, adorned with many strange pimples of +divers colours, as red and blue mixed, which, like vapours of brimstone, +gave such a lustre to the affrighted spectators in the dead time of the +night, that one of them confessed several times, that her nurse needed no +other light to assist her in the performance of her duty: her cheeks were +of a black swarthy complexion, much like a mixture of the black yellow +jaundice, wrinkled, shrivelled and very hollow; insomuch that as the ribs +of her body, so the impression of her teeth was easily to be discerned +though both sides of her face, answering one side to the other, like the +notches in a valley, excepting only two of them, which stood quite out of +her mouth, in imitation of the tusks of a wild boar, or tooth of an +elephant, a thing so strange in an infant, that no age can parallel: her +chin was of the same complexion as her face, turning up her mouth; and +shrieks being heard from an unknown cause, as if there had been more than +an ordinary correspondence between her teeth and it. Her neck was so +strangely distorted, that her right shoulder was forced to be a supporter +to her hood, it being propped up by her chin, so that the right side of +her body stood lower than her left, like the reeling of a ship that sails +with a side wind; again, her left side was quite turned the contrary way, +as if her body had been screwed together piece after piece, and not +rightly placed; her left shoulder hanging just perpendicular to the +bottom of the back. Her legs were very crooked and misshapen; the toes +of her feet looking towards her left side, so that it was very hard for +any person (could she have stood up) to guess which road she intended to +steer her course, because she never could look that way she resolved to +go. + +After she had remained under the care of the nurse for a space of a month +or thereabouts, she was put out to nurse at the charge of the parish to a +poor woman hard by in the town, where she continued for the space of half +a year or thereabouts, the house not being in any way disturbed at all, +till at last her nurse having been abroad with the chief of the +parishioners, either to procure something of their charity for her +subsistence and the maintenance of her family, or else to fetch her money +from the overseers of the poor for nursing the child; and returning home +to her house she found her door wide open, at which she, much amazed and +affrighted, ran to her next neighbour and acquainted her she was quite +undone, for her house was broken open and robbed. The man immediately +rose from his dinner, accompanied by his wife and also a labouring man. +Approaching the door, they endeavoured to enter, but before they could +all get in a very strange noise was heard in the next room to them, as if +it had been a concert of cats, which so affrighted them that they all ran +towards the door, endeavouring to get out again, but in vain; for at +their approach there were great long yokes put about their necks, in the +form of a cross or turnstile, so that they could not possibly return; and +while they were thus striving and crying out for help, their yokes at +last fell off, and a staff was laid upon the men’s shoulders, upon which +an old woman presented herself, sometimes hanging by the heels and +sometimes by the toes. These sports continued for the space of half an +hour, so that the poor men were never more tired nor less pleased at +anything than in being constrained to humour this piece of activity. + +After they had got a discharge from this their new employment, the house +being now quiet, and they had a little recovered their senses, missing +the woman they ran further into the house, where they found them in a +room in which stood a pair of yarwingles made in the form of a cross. +The two women were forced to take the four ends thereof in their hands, +and so danced round about one after the other until they were almost +tired to death, carrying upon their shoulders an imp in the likeness of a +monkey or ape, which hung close upon them; and whenever they slacked +their pace, these spirits pricked them forward, continuing this for a +considerable time, till at length they vanished quite out of sight, +leaving these poor wretches no less weary than astonished, and who, +perceiving themselves at liberty, ran to several of the neighbours, +acquainting them with what had happened, and causing great amazement +amongst them; and immediately the whole town was in an uproar. The +minister and several of the most eminent of the inhabitants consulted +together upon the occasion what to do in the business; some of them +threatening the informers, others thinking they were distracted, but at +last they resolved to go to the house; yet when they came near there +arose a dispute who should first enter, which at last was agreed upon; +and the parson, with his congregation attending him in the rear, entered +the door quivering and shaking, whereupon there was suddenly a noise like +the treading of people on stones, though the house had no other but an +earthen floor; and very sweet musical harmony of several notes was heard, +and all presently vanished again. The minister and inhabitants entered, +and searching the house, missed the child; one of them looking up the +chimney, saw the cradle wonderfully hanging up, three yards high, without +any support; this was as strangely conveyed down again. They encouraged +the nurse, left her in the house (though affrighted), and departed. + +Mother Shipton’s nurse was, after this, sometimes in great perplexity, +not knowing what was become of her for days together; but when she was in +her greatest scare after her, she saw her oftentimes drop suddenly +through the roof of the house. Going out, upon her return she many times +found her child stretched out to a prodigious length, taller than the +tallest living, and at other times as much shortened. The poor woman’s +work for the major part, was only to rectify what these spirits +disordered about her house. The chairs and stools would frequently march +up stairs and down, and they usually played at bowls with the trenches +and dishes: sometimes at dinner the meat would be removed before she +could touch a bit; which things, as they much troubled the nurse, so they +gave great satisfaction to Mother Shipton, as it appeared by her +monstrous smiles. Now and then, to pacify her nurse, when she saw her +much vexed, she would say, “Be contented; there is nothing here that will +harm you.” + +To be short, the nurse was so continually terrified by these apparitions, +that she resolved to complain to the parish; and, having made known the +truth of what had passed, in commiseration to the almost distracted +woman, they removed Mother Shipton to another place, where she was put to +school, being of an age fit for it. + +By this time Mother Shipton was grown a lusty girl, and as she was left +to the care of the parish, so the parish took care that she should have +the common sort of learning, that is to say, reading and writing, +bestowed upon her. Coming to school her mistress began to instruct her +as other children, beginning with three or four letters at first; but to +the amazement and astonishment of her mistress, she exactly pronounced +every letter in the alphabet without teaching; her mistress then showed +her a primer, which she read at first sight as well as any in the school, +and so on with every book that was shown her. + +As this produced wonder in her schoolmistress, so it caused hatred and +envy in her comrades; some flouted her for her monstrous long nose, +others endeavoured to beat her, and all strove to harm her; but she +valued them not, revenging herself on every one of them that intended her +harm. Some were pinched, and yet no hand seen that did it; others struck +speechless when they were about to say their lessons, not being able to +utter a word; none escaped from being served one scurvy trick or other. +This so enraged the parents of these children, looking on Mother Shipton +as the sole cause thereof, that she was discharged from the school, and +so left to the wide world. The singularities of Mother Shipton now began +to be talked of everywhere; she was often seen, when alone, to laugh +heartily; at other times to talk to herself; uttering very strange +riddles, which occasioned some of the more sober sort to converse with +her, receiving such strange things from her, as required a long study to +find out the meaning. + +Never a day passed, wherein she related not something very remarkable, +and that required the most serious consideration. And now it was that +people flocked far and near (her fame was so great), to be resolved of +their doubts, all returning wonderfully satisfied in the explanations she +gave to their questions. + +And now Mother Shipton, beginning to grow famous in the world for her +notable judgment in things to come, there resorted to her house a number +of people of all sorts, both old and young, rich and poor, especially +young maidens, who have always a great desire to know when they shall be +married, as also, what manner of husbands they shall have, to which she +gave such satisfactory answers, both for the person and time, that no +sooner could a young maid get into her teens, but she would presently +trot to Mother Shipton’s, to be resolved of her doubt. Now though she +was not mercenary herself, but refused great gifts when proffered unto +her; yet did she keep a young wench, who, rather than fail, if they +forgot to open their purse to her, would remember to open her mouth to +them, and tell them, that neither Dame Shipton nor she could be +maintained with thanks, but that the belly required meat to feed it; and +that it was money that made the mare to go. One day, there came a +certain young heir thither, whose father was sick, to be resolved by her +whether he should live or die; but Mother Shipton could by no means be +wrought upon to tell him anything; whereupon he proffered the maid great +store of money, if she could by any means persuade the dame to fulfil his +request; the wench, greedy of money, promised him fair; that if he would +come the next morning, he would be certain to be resolved; in the +meantime, she importuned her dame with the most cunning rhetoric that she +could invent; but she was deaf to all entreaties, and would by no means +be induced thereto, whereupon the wench resolved with herself, rather +than lose the money, to give him an answer of her own invention; when the +next morning came she performed her part in these words:— + + “The grave provided hath a room: + Prepare for death, thy hour is come.” + +The young gentleman having received this answer, went away very joyful, +hoping presently to reap the golden crop which his father had sown, and +to be in an instant possessor of all his vast estate; but the sequel +proved quite contrary; for by the time he came home, great hopes of +amendment appeared in his father, who each day grew better and better, so +that in a short time he became perfectly well. This unexpected recovery +of the old man struck such a damp into the young heir, that he presently +took to his bed, fell extremely ill, and in a short time grew so much +worse that all the symptoms of a dying man appeared in him; the old man +having no more children, was very desirous of his life; and to know +whether he should recover, he sent to Mother Shipton, who, knowing by her +art what her maid had done, severely chid her for the same, threatening +to turn her out of her service. In the meantime the messenger was come +to her house, who having delivered his errand returned back with this +answer:— + + “For other’s death who do gape out, + Their own, unlook’d for, comes about.” + +The old man having received this answer, was much troubled, thinking his +own death predicted thereby, not imagining what his son had done: but he +was soon quieted of that suspicion, for within two days the young man +died; when a servant (who knew the circumstance) informed him of the +truth of the whole matter. + +At divers other times, when persons of quality came to visit her, she +delivered the following prophecies: + +“Before the Ouse Bridge and Trinity Church meets, they shall build it in +the day and it shall fall in the night, until they get the highest stone +of Trinity Church the lowest stone of Ouse Bridge.” + +This came to pass; for Trinity steeple in York was blown down with a +tempest, and Ouse Bridge broken down with a flood, and what they did in +the day time in repairing the bridge fell down in the night, till at last +they laid the highest stone of the steeple for the foundation of the +Bridge. + +“A time shall happen when a ship shall come sailing up the Thames, till +it comes against London, and the master of the ship will ask the captain +why he weeps, since he has made so good a voyage. And he will say, and +what a good city this was, none in the world comparable to it, and now +there’s scarce a house left, that can let us drink for our money.” + +These last words were sadly verified after the dreadful fire of London in +1666, when there was not a house left along the Thames side from the +Tower to the Temple. + +About this time, some differences arising betwixt King Henry VIII. and +the French king, great preparations for war were made in England, the +drums beating in every county to summon voluntary valour to express +itself in defence of their king and country. Many heroic spirits who +made honour their aim, not dreading dangers, now came forward, and +indeed, so many appeared under Mars’ banner, that he who was furnished +with limbs and an estate, and declined the service, was called a coward. +There was then living in the North a young heir, who was newly come to +his estate; one whose tongue was all fire, and his heart all ice; who +would kill thousands by his words, but durst not venture to do anything +in deeds; this gallant being by some of his equals pricked on to make his +appearance in the field of Mars, and not to lie sleeping at home, when +fame summoned him forth to action, knew not what to do in this case; +loath was he to lose his loved life; and yet the aspersion of a coward, +even to a coward himself, is of all things most odious; he therefore +promised that none should be more willing than he to spend his blood in +the quarrel of that country from whence he received his dear life; but +yet he resolved within himself not to set one step forward in that path +of danger till he had first consulted with Mother Shipton, concerning +what success he should have in his journey; if it was bad, he resolved by +a feigned sickness to evade it; thinking it no good policy for a man to +part with that life in an instant, which with great cost and care had +been many years in bringing up. + +Hereupon he hastened to our Northern Prophetess, acquainted her with his +condition, and very earnestly desired of her (as she to whom nothing was +hid) that she would unfold to him whether good or bad fortune should be +his attendant in this his expedition. Mother Shipton, though she +perceived his sheepish courage to be very unanswerable to that of a +soldier, yet foreknowing what would come to pass, returned him the +following answer: which without more ado, fully satisfied him to proceed, +and performed what he had promised. + +“When the English Lion shall set his paw on the Gallic shore, then shall +the Lilies begin to drop for fear. There shall be much weeping and +wailing amongst the ladies of that country: because the princely Eagle +shall join with the Lion, to tread down all that shall oppose them; and +though many sagittaries shall appear in defence of the Lilies, yet shall +they not prevail; because the dull animal of the North shall be put to +confusion; and though it be his will, yet shall cause great shame unto +them. Now shall the mitred Peacock first begin to plume, whose train +shall make a great show in the world for a time, but shall afterwards +vanish away, and his honour come to nothing; which shall take its end at +Kingston.” + + + +Explanation. + + +By the “English Lion” was meant the King of England; and by setting his +“paw on the Gallic shore,” the landing of his army in France; by the +“Lily beginning to drop for fear,” was signified the great trouble and +perplexity of the French, the Lilies being the arms of France; the +“weeping and wailing amongst the ladies of that country,” denotes the +miseries and destruction incident to war; by the “princely Eagle joining +with the Lion, and treading down all that shall oppose them,” is meant +the German Emperor (whose arms were the Eagle) who joined in amity with +King Henry, and served him in his wars; by the “sagittaries that appeared +in defence of the Lilies,” were meant the French cavalry, the chief +strength of France, consisting of horsemen, who appeared like +sagittaries, that is to say, half men and half horses; and whereas it was +said, “yet they should not prevail,” it fell out so accordingly; for +notwithstanding all the opposition of the French armies, King Henry +proceeded on vigorously, conquering and taking several towns of +importance. But to come to that which most nearly concerns the matter, +viz., the success of our young heir in his expedition, which was hinted +forth unto him in these words: “Because the dull animal of the North +shall put them to confusion, and though it be against his will, yet shall +cause great shame unto them;” by the dull animal of the North was meant +this fresh-water soldier, who, according to the Prophecy, put the +Frenchmen to confusion and great shame; for passing the seas with King +Henry, being mounted on a stately horse, as both armies confronted each +other, he being at the head of the battle, just before the charge, +somebody striking his horse, he carried him upon the enemy with such +violence, as put their front in some disorder, which being perceived by +our men, they presently so seconded him that the French ran away, leaving +the English a glorious victory, purchased with little cost. + +By this means was Mother Shipton’s predictions fulfilled, to the disgrace +of the French, and great praise to the young gallant; for the rest of the +Prophecy the interpretation runs thus:— + +By the “mitred Peacock,” was intended Cardinal Wolsey, signified by that +bird, because of his great pride, who, being but a poor butcher’s son of +Ipswich, in Suffolk, grew to such a height, that he thought himself +superior to the chief nobles of the land, living in such splendour as not +to be paralleled; according to the new Prophecy, “whose train shall make +a great show in the world;” and whereas it is said, “the peacock should +then begin to plume,” so it was, that when King Henry had taken the city +of Tournay, in France, he made Wolsey bishop thereof, who soon after rose +to the highest degree of honour a subject could be capable of, which +afterwards (as the Prophecy says) “vanished away, and his great honour +came to nothing.” And lastly, whereas it said, he should “have his end +at Kingston.” The cardinal being told of this prophecy, would never pass +through the town of Kingston, though lying directly in the road from his +own house to the court; but afterwards being arrested for high treason, +by the Earl of Northumberland, and Sir Anthony Kingston, the Lieutenant +of the Tower, sent unto him, his very name (remembering the prophecy) +struck such a terror to his heart that he soon after expired. + +Mother Shipton had now got a name far and near for a cunning woman, or a +woman of foresight, that her words were counted oracles, nor was she +visited only by private persons, but advised with by people of the +greatest quality. Among which number at that time was Cardinal Wolsey; +when it was reported that he intended to live at York, she publicly said, +“He should never come thither,” which, coming to his ears, and being +offended, he caused three lords to go to her, who came disguised to +Dringhouses, near York, where leaving their men, they took a guide to +Mother Shipton’s, and knocking at the door, she called from within, “Come +in, Mr. Besley (the guide), and these noble lords with you,” which +surprised them, that she should know them; for when they came in she +called each of them by their names, and treated them with ale and cakes; +whereupon, said one of the lords, “If you knew our errand you would not +make so much of us; you said the cardinal should never see York.” “No,” +said she, “I said he might see York but never come at it.” “Well,” said +the lords, “when he does come thou shalt be burnt.” Then, taking off her +linen handkerchief from her head, she said, “If this burns,” and +immediately flung it into the fire, but it did not burn; and after it had +laid in the flames a quarter of an hour, she took it out again not so +much as singed. One of the lords then asked her what she thought of him. +“My lord, the time will come when your lordship will be as low as I am, +and that is low indeed,” which proved true, for shortly after he was +beheaded. + +Nor was her speech of the cardinal less verified; for coming to Cawood, +he went to the top of the tower and asked where York was, which being +shown him, he inquired how far it was thither. For, quoth he, “There was +a witch said I should never see York.” “Nay,” said one present, “your +eminence is misinformed; she said, you might see it, but never come at +it.” Then he vowed to burn her when he came there, which was but eight +miles distant; but, behold, he was immediately sent for back by the king, +and never returned. + +Mother Shipton’s prediction coming thus effectually to pass, spread her +fame far wider than it was; insomuch that many who before looked upon her +as a crack-brained woman, now began to admire her, and to esteem her +words as oracles. And as the nature of English people is rather to +desire to know what is to come, than to seek to rectify aught that is +done amiss, so the greatest part of her visitants came only to be +acquainted with what she knew would come to pass; of which number was the +Abbot of Beverley, who fearing the downfall of religious houses, and a +change of the religion then professed, putting on counterfeit clothes, +came to Mother Shipton’s, and knocking at the door, she being within, +called to him, and said: “Come in, Mr. Abbot, for you are not so much +disguised but the fox may be seen through the sheep’s skin. Come take a +stool and sit down, for you shall not go away unsatisfied of what you +desire,” and thereupon she began to utter forth her Prophecies in this +sort:— + + “When the cow doth wive the bull, + Then, oh! priest, beware thy skull! + And when the lower shrubs do fall, + The great trees quickly follow shall. + The mitred Peacock’s lofty pride + Shall to his master be a guide. + And one great court to pass shall bring + What was ne’er done by any king. + The poor shall grieve to see that day, + And who did feast, must fast and pray. + Fate so decreed their overthrow, + Riches brought pride, and pride brought woe.” + +These prophecies were thus explained: by the “Cow,” was made King Henry, +by reason of the Earldom of Richmond, which was his inheritance; and the +“Bull,” betokened Anne Boleyn, whom the king took to wife in the room of +Queen Catherine; her father gave the black bull’s head in his cognizance; +and when the king had married Queen Anne, then was fulfilled the second +line of the prophecy, viz., “Then, oh! priest, beware thy skull!” for +what a number of priests, religious and secular, lost their heads, for +offending against the laws, made to bring this matter to pass. + +Cardinal Wolsey (who was intended by the “mitred Peacock”), in the height +of his pride and vastness of his undertakings, intending to erect two +colleges, one at Ipswich, where he was born, the other at Oxford, where +he was bred; and finding himself unable to endow them at his own charge, +he obtained licence of Pope Clement VII. to suppress forty small +monasteries in England, and to lay their old lands to his new +foundations, which was done accordingly, and the poor people that lived +in them were turned out of doors. Many of the clergy were very much +against this action of Wolsey, especially John Fisher, Bishop of +Rochester, alleging for the same an apologue of Æsop, that “the iron head +of the axe craved a handle of the wood of oaks, only to cut off the +boughs of the trees: but when it was a complete axe it felled all the +wood;” applying it, that the suppressing of those smaller houses would +prove destructive to all the rest, which came to pass accordingly; for +King Henry, seeing the cardinal’s power to extend so far as to suppress +these lower shrubs, he thought his prerogative might stretch so far as to +fell down the great trees; and soon after dissolved the priory of Christ +Church, near Aldgate, in London (now known by the name of Duke’s Place), +the richest in lands and ornaments of the priories in London or +Middlesex; which was a forerunner of the dissolution of the rest; and +that not long after came to pass. + +By the “Great Court,” is meant the Parliament, the supremest court of +England; which, in the twenty-seventh year of King Henry’s reign, to +support the king’s states, and supply his wants, conferred on the crown +all religious houses which were not able clearly to expend above two +hundred pounds a year; the great ones not long after following the same +fortune of the smaller, which was not done (though attempted) by any king +before. + +By the dissolution of these houses, many thousands were driven to seek +their fortunes in the wide world, and became utterly exposed to want; +when monkish profession was without possession, many a young man proved +an old beggar, and many forced to fast for want of victuals, who formerly +had it provided for them to their hands. + +The great riches and pride of the monks and friars, was, no doubt, the +main cause of their overthrow; for whatsoever was the pretence, +questionless profit was the rope which pulled these religious houses +down. + +All those things coming to pass before the abbot died, caused him to have +a great esteem of Mother Shipton, and to value her prophecies more than +ordinary conjectures; though at first he could not tell what to make of +her ambiguous lines, which, like the oracles delivered at Delphos, rather +brought one into a labyrinth of confused conjectures than satisfied the +expectation, until by the clue of time, the riddles were manifest; and +that which at first seemed so hard, now appeared to the understanding as +easy; however, he at present kindly thanked Mother Shipton, and liberally +rewarded her maid, much admiring that she could be so clear-sighted as to +see through his counterfeit dress; resolving afterwards to be more +informed by her concerning future events, he at that time took his solemn +leave of her, and returned home. + +Not long had the abbot been at home, but his abbey was visited by some +instrument employed by the Lord Cromwell for that purpose. He who knew +what was intended by this compliment thought it not safe to strive +against the stream, and therefore quietly surrendered his monastery into +the king’s hands. And now perceiving Mother Shipton’s prophecies plainly +fulfilled in the downfall of those houses, which were judged to be +impregnable against all the assaults of malice and time, considering the +strange revolution of so short a space, he was very desirous to be more +fully informed of the future. In this resolution he repairs again to +Mother Shipton, whom he now accosts more familiarly than he did before, +making himself plainly known unto her; telling her that as what she had +formerly spoken he had found to be true in the event, so his judgment +persuaded him she was not ignorant of those things which were in the +future to ensue; and therefore desired she would not be nice in imparting +her foreknowledge to him; for which great favour, though it were more +than his deserts could command, yet should there never in him be wanting +a grateful tongue to acknowledge, and a grateful heart to be thankful +unto her, for so great a favour. + +“Mr. Abbot,” said she, “leave off complimenting, as it is more fit for +courtiers and lovers, and not agreeable to an old woman, who will neither +flatter nor be flattered by any; and for what you came about, I shall not +be squeamish to fulfil your request; let me therefore desire you to lend +me your attention;” and thereupon, after some short pause, she thus +began— + + “A prince that never shall be born, + Shall make the shaved heads forlorn, + Then shall commons rise in arms, + And woman’s malice cause much harms.” + +These lines being prophecies of the actions in King Edward’s reign, for +the reader’s benefit we will unfold the meaning of them by themselves, +that we may not too much burden his memory; but by variety add a pleasure +to the reading of them. + +By the “Prince that never shall be born,” is meant King Edward VI., of +whom all reports agree that he was not naturally delivered into the +world, but that his mother’s body was opened for his birth, that she died +of the operation the fourth day following: and by “shaved heads,” is +understood the monks, friars, etc., who are said to become “forlorn;” the +Reformation beginning with the commencement of King Edward’s reign. + +King Edward set out certain injunctions for the reformation of religion; +as the commissioners passed to divers places for the establishing of +them, much scorn was passed upon them, and the farther they went from +London, as the people were more uncivil, so did they the more rise into +insolence and contempt; for in Cornwall, the commons flocked together, +having killed one of the commissioners, and although justice was done +upon the offenders (the principal of them being executed in several +places), yet could not their boldness be beaten down by that severity, +but that the mischief spread farther. In Wiltshire and Somersetshire, +where the people, supposing that a Commonwealth could not stand without +commons, beat down enclosures, and laid parks and fields bare. The like +commotions followed in Suffolk, Hampshire, Kent, Gloucestershire, +Warwickshire, and Rutlandshire, but the greatest of all was in +Devonshire, and Norfolk. + + “A virtuous lady then shall die, + For being raised up too high; + Her death shall cause another’s joy, + Who shall the kingdom much annoy. + Mitres shall rise, mitres come down, + And streams of blood shall Smithfield drown. + England shall join in league with Spain, + Which some to hinder strive in vain, + The Lioness from life retires, + And pontifical priest expires.” + +The Lady Jane Gray, assuming the title of Queen upon her, for her offence +lost her head. This Lady Jane was a woman of most rare and incomparable +perfections; for besides her excellent beauty, she was the mirror of her +time for religion and education, in the knowledge of the liberal sciences +and skill in languages; and far exceeded all of her sex and years. + +The death of the Lady Jane was supposed to be a rejoicing to Queen Mary, +and who, by restoring Popery, and the persecutions that the professors of +the Gospel suffered in her time, is said to bring the kingdom to much +annoy. + +By the “Mitres,” are meant the bishops, who in the change of religion +found great change; very few keeping their seats wherein they had been +seated by King Edward VI. + +Great was the number of martyrs burned in Smithfield in this queen’s +reign, under the bloody hands of Bonner, Bishop of London, and Dr. Story, +Dean of St. Paul’s; the first persecuting by wholesale, the second by +retail; the names of all those who in this place thus testified their +faith by the loss of their lives, would be too long here to recite; the +chief of them were Mr. John Rogers, Mr. John Bradford, Mr. Robert Glover, +etc. + +Queen Mary intended to match herself with Philip, King of Spain; the news +thereof of being spread amongst the people, was by them ill-resented, as +dreading to be under the yoke of a stranger; but all to no purpose, for +soon afterwards they were married, to the mortification of the English. + +By the “Lioness” is meant Queen Mary, who having reigned five years and +some odd months, died of a dropsy. + +The “pontifical priest” signifies Cardinal Pole, who expired within a few +hours after the death of Queen Mary. This prelate was of princely +extraction, his mother, Margret, being daughter to George Duke of +Clarence; when he was young, he was brought up together with Queen Mary, +and being a zealous Catholic, during King Edward’s reign, suffered a +voluntary exile for the same; when the marriage between Prince Philip and +Queen Mary was made up, he returned into England, and was made Archbishop +of Canterbury, but was more moderate than some of his fellow bishops, +having a favourable inclination towards the Protestants. + + “The Lion fierce being dead and gone, + A maiden Queen shall reign anon. + The Papal power shall bear no sway, + Rome’s creed shall hence be swept away. + The western monarch’s wooden horses + Shall be destroyed by the Drake’s forces. + More wonders yet! a widowed Queen + In England shall be headless seen. + The Harp shall give a better sound. + An Earl without a head be found. + Soon after shall the English Rose + Unto a male her place dispose.” + +These lines being a prophecy of the most remarkable actions during the +reign of Queen Elizabeth, are to be interpreted after this manner: + +Queen Mary is here meant, not so much for the cruelty done by her, as by +the bishops and priests under her; in respect to the blood that was shed, +and the persecutions then suffered, she is here termed a fierce “Lion;” +after whom is said, “A maiden Queen to reign anon,” meant by Queen +Elizabeth, one who was the mirror of her age and sex, who for above forty +years managed the affairs of this kingdom; having, when she began, few +friends that durst help, and leaving no foes when she died that could +hurt her; acting her part so well whilst here she reigned, that history +can scarce afford us one prince to be matched to her fame in all +considerable particulars. + +Soon after the queen coming to the crown, a Parliament began at +Westminster, wherein the laws of King Henry VIII. against the see of +“Rome” were renewed, and those of King Edward VI. in favour of the +Protestants revived, and the laws by Queen Mary made against them, +repealed. + +Uniformity of prayer and administration of sacrament were enacted, and +the queen acknowledged to be the only and supreme governor of her +kingdom. The people in each place beating down superstitious pictures +and images, which misguided zeal had set up. + +By the “western monarch’s wooden horses,” is meant the King of Spain’s +great Armada, by them termed invincible, though the success of it +answered not the name; being by Sir Francis Drake and others fought with +and really vanquished; most of it sunk, and the rest, destitute and +scattered, being chased by our ships into the northern latitudes, and +there left to be pursued by hunger and cold; a victory so remarkable, +that neither time nor age will ever wear the remembrance thereof away. + +The “widowed Queen” signifies the Queen of Scots, the mother of King +James, who was beheaded at Fotheringhay Castle, some say by the privity, +others say to the great discontent of Queen Elizabeth; a lady of sharp +wit, undaunted spirit, comely person, beautiful face, and majestic +presence; a fluent orator, and an excellent poetess, as appears by +several things of her writing now extant; she was beheaded on the 8th of +February, 1587, and was first buried in the choir of Peterborough; and +afterwards by her son, King James, solemnly removed from thence to +Westminster, where, in the south side of the chapel of King Henry VII. he +erected a stately monument to her memory. + +“The Harp” signifies Ireland, as being the arms of that country, when +Queen Elizabeth, by reducing it to a better obedience, made it give a +better sound, that is, made it more civilized and profitable to the +exchequer than it ever was before. + +“An Earl without a head be found.” This was spoken of the Earl of Essex, +one who was the favourite of the queen and darling of the people (two +things which seldom come together), and yet could not both of them +protect him from the scaffold, but thereon he lost his head. + +By the “English Rose” is meant Queen Elizabeth, as we said before, by +whose death the right and title to the crown came to James VI., King of +Scotland, as lineally descended from Margaret, eldest daughter to King +Henry VII., the male issue failing by the death of Queen Elizabeth; and +here is to be remembered the policy of King Henry VII., who having two +daughters, married the eldest of them to the King of Scotland, and the +youngest to the King of France, that if his male issue should happen to +fail, as it afterwards did, then Scotland might wait upon England as the +greater kingdom, and not England upon France as the lesser. Besides, +there was an old prophecy which intimated King James coming to the +English crown; for when King Edward I. harassed Scotland, amongst other +things he brought from thence their royal chair (still preserved at the +Abbey, in Westminster), upon which chair these verses were written: + + “If Fates go right, where’er this chair is pight, + The regal race of Scots shall rule that place.” + +Which by the coronation of King James there performed, made good the +words of the prophecy. + + “The Northern Lion over Tweed, + The maiden Queen shall then succeed, + And join in one, two mighty States; + Janus then shall shut his gates; + Hell’s power, by a fatal blow, + Shall seek the land to overthrow, + Which by mistake shall be reverst, + And heads from shoulders be disperst. + The British Olive next shall twine + In marriage with the German Vine.” + +Next follows the remarkable actions of King James’s reign, predicted in +the foregoing lines, which may be thus explained: + +By the “Northern Lion” is meant King James, and by the “maiden Queen,” +Queen Elizabeth, whom King James, being King of Scotland, succeeded to +the English crown, joining thereby the two nations of England and +Scotland, which had often been attempted before. + +The lines “Hell’s power,” etc., have reference to the Gunpowder Plot, +which was planned to blow up the Parliament House with gunpowder—king, +princes, peers, bishops, judges, knights, and burgesses, being all +designed to destruction. To bring the purpose about, a vault was hired +under the Parliament House, wherein were stowed thirty-six barrels of +gunpowder, with several iron bars, to make the force of the fire more +effectual, all which were covered with billets and coals. The 5th of +November, the day of Parliament first sitting, was the time appointed to +put this design in execution; but Providence had ordered it otherwise, +that those who intended mischief should taste the effects of it. In the +evening before, Lord Monteagle received a strange letter from an unknown +hand, without date or name to it, and which, when it was opened, was even +still sealed. The letter being communicated to the king, he commanded +the rooms under the Parliament House to be searched, where the mystery of +iniquity was quickly discovered. Some of the traitors were taken in +London, others in the country; the hands of justice overtaking them, they +became its examples, and tasted of that cup which they intended others +should have drunk of. + +By the “British Olive” is meant the Lady Elizabeth, daughter of King +James; and by the “German Vine” the most illustrious Prince Frederic, +Count Palatine of the Rhine. This Lady Elizabeth was enriched with all +the endowments of both body and mind which make to the completing of a +princess; most dearly beloved of the English, as one that deserved well +of all. They were married with great solemnity at Westminster, February +14, 1602. + +Mother Shipton having proceeded thus far with her prophecies, broke up +abruptly with a deep sigh, the tears trickling down her cheeks, +accompanied by a wringing of her hands, as if some extraordinary +mischance had befallen her. The abbot wondered greatly what should be +the cause of this sudden alteration, having observed all along before a +settled composedness in her countenance, and now to break out in such +exclamations. He therefore said unto her, “Mother Shipton, it is more +than some extraordinary matter which hath made you break out into this +sudden passion; and if it may not be troublesome unto you, I shall desire +that, as hitherto you have not been scrupulous in revealing those secrets +unto me, which have wrought in me both wonder and amazement, so that you +will not so abruptly break off as to leave me in suspense of the cause of +your sorrow.” “Ah! Mr. Abbot,” said she, “who can with dry eyes repeat +what must next ensue, or but think upon it without a heart full of agony? +to see virtue trampled on, and vice exalted; beggars on horseback, and +princes on foot; the innocent condemned, and the bloodthirsty go scot +free; but since my promise binds me to fulfil your request, I shall +proceed from where I left off: + + “The crown then fits the White King’s head, + Who with the Lilies soon shall wed; + Then shall a peasant’s bloody knife + Deprive a great man of his life. + Forth from the North shall mischief blow, + And English hob shall add thereto. + Then shall the Council great assemble, + Who shall make great and small to tremble, + The White King then (O grief to see!) + By wicked hands shall murdered be.” + +By the “White King,” is meant King Charles I., so called not only in +respect of the purity and uprightness of his life, signified by white; +but also at the time of his coronation he was clothed in white. He had, +previous to the death of King James, married the Lady Henrietta Maria, +daughter of Henry IV., King of France; who is hereupon said to wed the +“Lilies,” the lilies being the arms of France. + +By the “great man,” who was to lose his life by a bloody knife, was meant +the Duke of Buckingham, the greatest man in favour of those times, and +(as is commonly seen) most hated of the people, who laid the blame of all +miscarriages in state upon him; being made general for the relief of +Rochelle (then besieged by the French forces), before he embarked at +Portsmouth, he was stabbed by one Felton, an officer in his army; who, so +far from flying for the same, though he might pass away undiscovered, +boldly avowed himself to be the man that did it. He was hanged in chains +at Portsmouth, in the year 1627. + +The next part of this prophecy alludes to that ancient proverb, “From the +cold ‘North’ all ills come forth,” and may be understood of our troubles +commencing in 1630, taking their original rise from Scotland, and +fermented by several factious spirits in England, the venom of which +poison so infected the veins of the English, that it broke forth into a +most bitter war, and ended not but with the deaths of many thousands of +people. + +By the “great Council” is meant the long-lasting Parliament, as known to +all posterity for the remarkable transactions therein. By them fell the +wise Strafford, and Reverend Laud; by them was Episcopacy voted down, and +Presbytery voted up; by them was the common-prayer denied, and the +Directory exalted; by them was the Church and State turned topsy-turvy; +but this cannot be reported of all amongst them; many of them hated their +doings, dissented from them, and suffered by them. + +The “White King by wicked hands,” etc., alludes to the beheading of King +Charles I., who was the principal victim of these savage wars. + + “The White King dead, the Wolf shall then + With blood possess the Lion’s den. + But Death shall hurry him away; + Confusion shall awhile bear sway; + But Fate to England shall restore + A king to reign as heretofore. + Great death in London shall be though, + And men on tops of houses go.” + +By the “White King,” as we said before, is meant King Charles I., and, by +the “Wolf,” Oliver Cromwell, whose ambition was such that he left no +means unattempted until he had got into the “Lion’s den,” that is to say, +until he had attained the sole government. + + “But Death shall hurry him away.” + +Very remarkable was the day in which the Protector died, being September +3, 1658, wherein the wind was so violent, that it overthrew many houses, +tore up many trees by the roots, tumbled down chimneys, and unroofed +barns and stables; but it is a very ill wind that blows none good, so +with all the hurt this wind did, it made recompense to some folks who had +lost their estates in the civil wars, by blowing this Oliver away. + + “But fate to England shall restore + A king to reign as heretofore.” + +Which part of the prophecy was fulfilled in the restoration of King +Charles II., which put a period to all the Commonwealth, and restored the +land to its ancient government. + +“Great death in London,” verified by the great plague in London, in 1665, +which, for number, was the greatest that hath been known in these latter +centuries of years. + +“And men on tops of houses go.” This was suddenly fulfilled in that +great conflagration of fire which happened in London, September 2, 3, and +4, 1666, by which so many houses were destroyed, that men afterwards, in +the ruins, went on the tops of those houses whose lofty structures not +long before seemed to brave the sky. + + * * * * * + +It will be observed that some of the following prophecies of Mother +Shipton relate to the present time, while others more closely concern the +future. We will leave them to the reader’s own interpretation:— + + I. + + Ploughed with swords the earth shall be, + And blood will mingle with the sea. + + II. + + Soon as the fiery year has passed. + Peace again shall come at last. + + III. + + Great accidents the world will fill, + And carriages without horses go; + Whilst, in the twinkling of an eye, + Around the world our thoughts shall fly. + + IV. + + In England, now will come to pass + A house that shall be built of glass. + + V. + + State and State, in most deadly strife, + Will fight and seek each other’s life; + Then, when the North divides the South, + The Eagle will build in the Lion’s mouth. + + VI. + + Three tyrant rulers France shall see, + And each of a different dynasty. + But when the greater fight be done, + France and England shall be as one. + + VII. + + In the water shall iron float, + The same as now a wooden boat. + More wonders still shall water do, + And England yet admit a Jew. + + VIII. + + Gold and riches will be shown + In a land that’s not now known. + + IX. + + Under rivers man shall walk, + Shall ride, shall sleep, and shall talk. + + X. + + A river and a town shall be on fire. + + * * * * * + +_The following remarkable Prophecy_, _which is known as_ “_Mother +Shipton’s prophecies_,” _was first published in 1448_,_ and republished +in 1641_. _It will be seen that the events it predicts have come to +pass_, _except that contained in the last two lines_, _which is still in +the future_. + + XI. + + Over a wild and stormy sea, + Shall a noble {184} sail, + Who to find, will not fail, + A new and a fair countree. + From whence he shall bring + A herb {185a} and a root {185b} + That all men shall suit, + And please both the ploughman and the king. + And let them take no more than measure. + Both shall have the even pleasure. + The world to an end shall come + In eighteen hundred and eighty-one. + + * * * * * + +_Here follow other Prophecies which Mother Shipton stated at various +times in her life to different persons_:— + + The first coming in of the King of the Scots (James I.) shall be at + Holgate Town, but he shall not come through the bar. And when the + King of the North shall be at London Bridge, his tail shall be at + Edinburgh. + +This was fulfilled in the following manner—When King James arrived there +was such a multitude of people at Holgate bar to behold him, that to +avoid the danger of the crush he was forced to ride another way. When +King James was at London, his children were at Edinburgh, preparing to +come into England. + + Water shall come over Ouse Bridge, and a windmill shall be set upon a + Tower, and a Elm Tree shall lie at every man’s door. At that day + women shall wear great hats and great bands. + +This was verified by the conducting of water into York streets through +bored Elms; and the Conduit-house had a windmill on the top that drew up +the water. + + When there is a Lord Mayor living in Minster-yard in York, let him + beware of a stab. + +A Lord Mayor, whose house was in Minster-yard, was stabbed by an assassin +in three places, which caused his death. + + When two Knights shall fall out in the York Castle-yard, they shall + never live kindly all their after lives. + +Sir Thomas Wentworth and Sir John Savile in choosing Knights for the +Shire in the Castle-yard at York, did so fall out, that they were never +after well reconciled. + + When all Colton-hag hath borne crops and corn for seven years; seven + years after that you shall hear news. + +Colton-hag in Mother Shipton’s time was a woodland ground full of trees, +which some long time after her death was cultivated and bore crops and +corn for seven years; and the seven years after that, was the year of the +coming in of the Scots, and their taking of Newcastle. + + You shall have a year of pining hunger, and then a dearth without + corn. You shall not know of the war over-night, yet you shall have + it in the morning; and when it comes it shall last three years. + + Between Calder and Aire + Shall be great warfare, + When all the world is aloft, + It shall be called Christ’s Croft. + +Calder and Aire are two rivers in Yorkshire; and this Prophecy relates to +the Civil War in the time of Charles I. + + When the battle of warfare begins, it shall be where Crookback + Richard made his fray. + +It was near Leicester where Richard the Third was slain in battle. There +Colonel Hastings was one of the first in arms at the commencement of the +civil war. Or it may thus be understood—That as King Richard began his +march from Nottingham when he first set out against the Earl of Richmond, +so also should these wars take rise from thence. And indeed at +Nottingham, on Aug. 25th, 1640, Charles I. set up his standard, and there +continued it to little purpose. + + They shall say to warfare for your King for half-a-crown a day, but + stir not. They will say to warfare for your King on pain of hanging, + but stir not. + +At the time of the Civil War in 1642, many Lords promised two shillings +and sixpence a day for each horseman who would join the King’s service. + + For he that goes to complain, + Shall not come back again. + +This seems to refer to the Welsh and the Irish serving the King, for very +few lived to return back again to their own country. + +_The following Prophecies by Mother Shipton_, (_extracted from Lilly’s +collection_, _with his remarks_,) _being rather quaint in the +composition_, _are left for the reader to decypher_. + + (_a_) There will be a great battel between England and Scotland, and + they will be pacified for a time; and when they come at (_b_) + Bramma-moore they fight, and are again pacified for a time: Then + there will be a great battel between England and Scotland at (_c_) + Knavesmore: Then they will be pacified for a while: Then there will + be a great battel between England and Scotland at (_d_) Storktonmore; + then will Ravens sit on the (_e_) Crosse, and drink as much blood of + Nobles as of the Commons. Then wo is me, for London shall be + destroyed. + +(_a_) God I hope will prevent this threatened mischief. (_b_) Brammish +is a river in Northumberland. (_c_) I conceive it should be +Knaresborough, by which the river Nidd runs. (_d_) Storkton I conceive +mistaken for Stanemore, in Richmondshire. (_e_) It is to be noted and +admired, that this Crosse in the North in Mother Shipton’s days, was a +tall stone Crosse which ever since hath been by degrees sinking into the +ground, and is now (1640) sunk so low, that a Raven may sit upon the top +of it and reach her bill to the ground. + + Then will come a woman with one eye, and she shall tread in men’s + blood to the knee; and she shall meet a man leaning on a staff, and + shall say to him, What art thou? and he shall say, I am King of the + Scots. And she shall say, Go with me to my house, for there are + three Knights. And he will go up with her, and stay there three days + and three nights. Then will England be lost; and they will cry twice + in one day, England is lost. Then there will be three Knights in + Petergate in York, and the one shall not know of the other. There + shall be a child born in Pomfret with three thumbs, and these three + Knights will give their horses to this (_f_) child with three thumbs + to hold, whilst they win England again: then come in Clubs and + Clouted shoes, and they with the three Knights win England again: and + all Noble blood shall be gone but one, and they shall carry him to + Sheriff Hutton’s Castle, six miles from York, and he shall die there; + and they shall chuse their Earl in the field, and hang their horses + on a thorn, and rue the time that ever they were born to see so much + blood shed. + +(_f_) There was a child not many years since born at Pomfret with three +thumbs, and credibly reported. + + (_g_) Then they will come to York to besiege it; and they shall keep + them out for three days and three nights: and a peny-loaf shall be + within the Bar at half a Crown, and without the Bar at a peny; and + they will swear, if they will not yield, to blow up the Town-walls. + Then they will let them in: and they will hang the Maior, Sheriffs, + and Aldermen. There will three Knights go into Crouch-Church, and + but one of them come out again; and he will cause Proclamation to be + made, That any man may take House, Tower, or Bower, for One and + twenty yeers. And while the world endureth, there shall never be + warfare again, nor any more (_h_) Kings or Queens; but the Kingdom + shall be governed by three lords; then York shall be London. + +(_g_) This is yet unacted. (_h_) All old Prophecies do intimate a final +subversion of the Monarchy in England. + + After this, shall be a white Harvest of Corn gotten in by women. + Then shall be in the North, that one woman shall say to another, + Mother, I have seen a man to day. And for one man there shall be a + thousand women. There shall be a man sitting on Saint James church + hill, weeping his fill. + + The time will come when England shall tremble and quake for fear of a + (_i_) Dead-man, that shall be heard to speak: Then will the Dragon + give the Bull a great snap; and when this battel is done they will + all go to London Town. + +(_i_) This Dead-man hath not yet appeared, but is at hand doubtless. + + * * * * * + +_Here follow other Prophecies she uttered_, _which because they concern +Future Times we shall leave to the Interpretation of the reader_. + + I. + + The Fiery Year as soon as o’er, + Peace shall then be as before; + Plenty everywhere is found, + And men with Swords shall plough the Ground. + + II. + + The time shall come, when seas of Blood, + Shall mingle with a greater Flood. + + III. + + Great noise there shall be heard, Great Shouts and Cries, + And Seas shall Thunder louder than the Skies; + Then shall three Lions fight with three, and bring, + Joy to a People, Honour to their King. + +Mother Shipton, the authoress of these Prophecies, continued for years +esteemed as the Sybil or Oracle of her time; and though she was generally +believed to be a Witch, yet all persons that either saw or heard of her, +held her in great esteem, and her memory is much honoured by those of her +own country, especially in Yorkshire. A long time before her death, she +foretold the day and hour she was to take her departure; and the time +approaching which she had Prophecied, and which was in the year 1561; she +took solemn leave of her friends, who were all greatly attached to her, +laid down on her bed, and died, at the good old age of 75 years. Many +more “_Prophecies_” are current in Yorkshire as of her utterance, but the +Publisher being unable to find them either properly authenticated, or in +any old works, they have been omitted, being desirous of not adding +anything which might tend to destroy her sterling reputation. + +A stone was erected to her memory near Clifton, about a mile from the +city of York, upon which was the following inscription: + + Here lyes she who never ly’d + Whose skill often has been try’d; + Her prophecies shall still survive, + And ever keep her name alive. + + + + +PROPHECIES +OF +MARTHA, THE GIPSY. + + +London may appear an unbefitting scene for a story so romantic as that +which I have here set down: but, strange and wild as is the tale I have +to tell, _it is true_; and, therefore, the scene of action shall not be +changed; nor will I alter or vary from the truth, save that the names of +the personages, in my domestic drama shall be fictitious. + +To say that I am superstitious would be, in the minds of many wise +personages, to write myself down an ass; but to say that I do not believe +_that_ which follows, as I am sure it was believed by _him_ who related +it to me, would be to discredit the testimony of a friend, as honourable +and as brave as ever trod the earth. He has been snatched from the +world, of which he was a bright ornament, and has left more than his +sweet suffering widow and his orphan children affectionately to deplore +his loss. + +It is, I find, right and judicious most carefully and publicly to disavow +a belief in supernatural visitings: but it will be long before I become +either so wise or so bold as to make any such unqualified declaration. I +am not weak enough to imagine myself surrounded by spirits and phantoms, +or jostling through a crowd of spectres, as I walk the streets; neither +do I give credence to all the idle tales of ancient dames, or frightened +children, touching such matters: but when I breathe the air, and see the +grass grow under my feet, I cannot but feel that HE who gives me ability +to inhale the one, and stand erect upon the other, has also the power to +use for special purposes such means and agency, as in his wisdom he may +see fit; and which, in point of fact, are not more incomprehensible to us +than the very simplest effects which we every day witness, arising from +unknown causes. + +Philosophers may pore, and in the might of their littleness, and the +erudition of their ignorance develope and disclose, argue and discuss; +but when the sage, who sneers at the possibility of ghosts, will explain +to me the doctrine of attraction and gravitation, or tell me why the wind +blows, why the tides ebb and flow, or why the light shines—effects +perceptible to all men—then will I admit the justice of his +incredulity—then will I join the ranks of the incredulous. However, a +truce with my views and reflections: proceed we to the narrative. + +In the vicinity of Bedford-square lived a respectable and honest man, +whose name the reader will be pleased to consider Harding. He married +early: his wife was an exemplary woman, and his son and daughter were +grown to that companionable age, at which children repay, with their +society and accomplishments, the tender cares which parents bestow upon +their offspring in their early infancy. + +Mr. Harding held a responsible and respectable situation under the +government, in Somerset House. His income was adequate to his wants and +wishes; his family a family of love: and, perhaps, taking into +consideration the limited desires of what may be fairly called middle +life, no man was ever more contented, or better satisfied with his lot +than he. + +Maria Harding, his daughter, was a modest, unassuming, and interesting +girl, full of feeling and gentleness. She was timid and retiring; but +the modesty which cast down her fine black eyes could not veil the +intellect which beamed in them. Her health was by no means strong; and +the paleness of her cheek—too frequently, alas! lighted by the hectic +flush of our indigenous complaint—gave a deep interest to her +countenance. She was watched and reared by her tender mother, with all +the care and attention which a being so delicate and so ill-suited to the +perils and troubles of this world demanded. + +George, her brother, was a bold and intelligent lad, full of rude health, +and fearless independence. His character was frequently the subject of +his father’s contemplation; and he saw in his disposition, his mind, his +pursuits, and propensities, the promise of future success in active life. + +With these children, possessing as they did the most enviable +characteristics of their respective sexes, Mr. and Mrs. Harding, with +thankfulness to Providence, acknowledged their happiness, and their +perfect satisfaction with the portion assigned to them in this transitory +world. + +Maria was about nineteen, and had, as was natural, attracted the regards, +and thence gradually chained the affections, of a distant relative, whose +ample fortune, added to his personal and mental good qualities, rendered +him a most acceptable suitor to her parents, which Maria’s heart silently +acknowledged he would have been to _her_, had he been poor and penniless. + +The father of this intended husband of Maria was a man of importance, +possessing much personal interest, through which George, the brother of +his intended daughter-in-law, was to be placed in that diplomatic +seminary in Downing-street, whence, in due time, he was to rise through +all the grades of office, (which, with his peculiar talents, his friends, +and especially his mother, was convinced he would so ably fill,) and at +last turn out an ambassador. + +The parents, however, of young Langdale and of Maria Harding were agreed, +that there was no necessity for hastening the alliance between their +families, seeing that the united ages of the couple did not exceed +thirty-nine years: and seeing, moreover, still, that Mrs. Langdale, who +was little more than six-and-thirty years of age herself, had reasons, +which she also meant to be private, for seeking to delay as much as +possible a ceremony, the result of which, in all probability, would +confer upon her, somewhat too early in life to be agreeable to a lady of +her habits and propensities, the formidable title of grand-mamma. + +How curious it is, when one takes up a _little bit_ of society (as a +geologist crumbles and twists a bit of earth in his hand, to ascertain +its character and quality,) to look into the motives and manœuvrings of +all the persons connected with it; the various workings, the +indefatigable labours, which all their little minds are undergoing to +bring about divers and sundry little points, perfectly unconnected with +the great end in view; but which for private and hidden objects, each of +them is toiling to carry. Nobody, but those who really understood Mrs. +Langdale, understood why she so readily acquiesced in the desire of her +husband to postpone the marriage for another twelvemonth. A stranger +would have seen only the dutiful wife according with the sensible +husband; but I knew her, and knew that there must be something more than +met the eye, or the ear, in that sympathy of feeling between her and Mr. +Langdale, which was not upon ordinary occasions so evidently displayed. + +Like the Waterman who pulls one way and looks another, Mrs. Langdale +aided the entreaties and seconded the commands of her loving spouse, +touching the seasonable delay of which I am speaking; and it was agreed, +that immediately after the coming of age of Frederick Langdale, and not +before, he was to lead to the hymeneal altar the delicate and timid Maria +Harding. + +The affair got whispered about; George’s fortune in life was highly +extolled—Maria’s excessive happiness prophesied by everybody of their +acquaintance; and already had sundry younger ladies, daughters and nieces +of those who discussed these matters in divan after dinner, began to look +upon Miss Harding with envy and maliciousness, and wonder what Mr. +Frederick Langdale could see in her: she was proclaimed to be insipid, +inanimate, shy, bashful, and awkward: nay, some of her female friends +went so far as to discover that she was absolutely awry. + +Still, however, Frederick and Maria went loving on; and their hearts grew +as one; so truly, so fondly were they attached to each other. George, +who was somewhat of a plague to the pair of lovers, was luckily at +Oxford, reading away till his head ached, to qualify himself for a +degree, and the distant duties of the office whence he was to cull the +bunches of diplomatic laurels, and whence were to issue rank and title, +and ribbons and crosses innumerable. + +Things were in this prosperous state, the bark of life rolling gaily +along before the breeze, when as Mr. Harding was one day proceeding from +his residence, to his office in Somerset-place, through Charlotte-street, +Bloomsbury, he was accosted by one of those female gypsies who are found +begging in the metropolis, and especially in the particular part of it in +question: ‘Pray remember poor Martha, the gipsy,’ said the woman: ‘give +me a halfpenny for charity, sir, pray do.’ + +Mr. Harding was a subscriber to the Mendicity Society, an institution +which proposes to check begging by the novel mode of giving nothing to +the poor: moreover, he was a magistrate—moreover, he had no change; and +he somewhat sternly desired the woman to go about her business. + +All availed him nothing; she still followed him, and reiterated the +piteous cry, ‘Pray remember poor Martha, the gipsy.’ + +At length, irritated by the perseverance of the woman—for even +subordinates in government hate to be solicited importunately—Mr. +Harding, contrary to his usual custom, and contrary to the customary +usages of modern society, turned hastily round, and fulminated an oath +against the supplicating vagrant. + +‘Curse!’ said Martha; ‘have I lived to this? Hark ye, man—poor, weak, +haughty man! Mark me, sir—look at me!’ + +He did look at her; and beheld a countenance on fire with rage. A pair +of eyes blacker than jet, and brighter than diamonds, glared like stars +upon him; her black hair dishevelled, hung over her olive cheeks; and a +row of teeth whiter than the driven snow displaying themselves from +between a pair of coral lips, in a dreadful smile, a ghastly sneer of +contempt which mingled in her passion. Harding was riveted to the spot; +and, affected partly by the powerful fascination of her superhuman +countenance, and partly by the dread of a disturbance in the street, he +paused to listen to her. + +‘Mark me, sir,’ said Martha; ‘you and I shall meet again. Thrice shall +you see me before you die. My visitings will be dreadful; but the third +will be the last!’ + +There was a solemnity in this declaration which struck to his very heart, +coming too as it did only from a vagrant outcast. Passengers were +approaching; and wishing, he knew not why, to soothe the ire of the angry +woman, he mechanically drew from his pocket some silver, which he +tendered to her. + +‘There, my good woman—there,’ said he, stretching forth his hand. + +‘Good woman!’ retorted the hag, ‘Money now? I—I that have been cursed! +’tis all too late, proud gentleman—the deed is done, the curse be now on +you.’ Saying which, she huddled her ragged red cloak about her +shoulders, and hurried from his sight, into the deep and dreary recesses +of St. Giles’s. + +Harding experienced, as she vanished from his eye, a most extraordinary +sensation: he felt grieved that he had spoken so harshly to the poor +creature, and returned his shillings to his pocket with regret. Of +course, fear of the fulfilment of her predictions did not mingle with any +of his feelings on the occasion; and he proceeded to his office in +Somerset-place, and performed all the arduous official duties of reading +the opposition newspapers, discussing the leading politics of the day +with the head of another department, and signing his name three times, +before four o’clock. + +Martha the gipsy, however, although he had ‘poophoohed’ her out of his +memory, would ever and anon flash across his mind; her figure was +indelibly stamped upon his recollection; and though, of course, as I +before said, a man of his firmness and intellect could care nothing, one +way or another, for the maledictions of an ignorant, illiterate gipsy, +still his feelings—whence arising I know not—prompted him to call a +hackney-coach, and proceed _en voiture_ to his house rather than run the +risk of again encountering the metropolitan sibyl, under whose forcible +denunciation he was actually labouring. + +There is a period in each day of the lives of married people, at which, I +am given to understand, a more than ordinarily unreserved communication +of facts and feelings takes place; when all the world is shut out, and +the two beings, who are in truth ‘but only one,’ commune together freely +and fully upon the occurrences of the past day. At this period, the else +sacred secrets of the drawing-room coterie, and the _tellable_ jokes of +the after-dinner convivialist, are mutually interchanged by the fond +pair, who, by the barbarous customs of uncivilized Britain, have been +separated during part of the preceding evening. + +Then it is, that the husband informs his anxious consort how he has +forwarded his worldly views with such a man—how he has carried his point +in such a quarter—what he thinks of the talents of one, of the character +of another; while the communicative wife gives _her_ views of the same +subjects, founded upon what she has gathered from the individuals +composing the female cabinet, and explains why she thinks he must have +been deceived upon this point, or misled upon that. And thus, in +recounting, in arguing, in discussing, and descanting, the blended +interests of the happy pair are strengthened, their best hopes nourished, +and perhaps eventually realized. + +A few friends at dinner, and some refreshers in the evening, had +prevented Harding from saying a word to his beloved Eliza about the +gipsy; and perhaps, till the ‘witching time’ which I have attempted to +define, he would not have mentioned the circumstance, even had they been +alone. Most certainly he did not think the less of the horrible vision; +and when the company had dispersed, and the affectionate couple had +retired to rest, he stated the circumstance exactly as it had occurred, +and received from his fair lady just such an answer as a prudent, +intelligent, and discreet woman of sense would give to such a +communication. She vindicated his original determination not to be +imposed upon—wondered at his subsequent willingness to give to such an +undeserving object, particularly while he had three or four soup tickets +in his pocket—was somewhat surprised that he had not consigned the bold +intruder to the hands of the beadle—and, ridiculing the impression which +the hag’s appearance seemed to have made upon her husband’s mind, +narrated a tour performed by herself and some friends to Norwood, when +she was a girl, and when one of those very women had told her fortune, +not one word of which ever came true—and, in a discussion of some length, +animadverting strongly upon the weakness and impiety of putting faith in +the sayings of such idle creatures, she fell fast asleep. + +Not so Harding: he was restless and worried, and felt that he would give +the world to be able to recall the curse which he had rashly uttered +against the poor woman. Helpless as she was and in distress, why did his +passion conquer his judgment? Why did he add to the bitterness of +refusal the sting of malediction? However, it was useless to regret that +which was past—and, wearied and mortified with his reflection, he at +length followed his better half into that profound slumber, which the +length and subject of his harangue had so comfortably ensured her. + +The morning came, and brightly beamed the sun—that is, as brightly as it +ever beams in London. The office-hour arrived; and Mr. Harding +proceeded, _not_ by Charlotte-street, to Somerset-house, such was his +dread of seeing the ominous woman. It is impossible to describe the +effect produced upon him by the apprehension of encountering her: if he +heard a female voice behind him in the street, he trembled, and feared to +look round, lest he should behold Martha. In turning a corner he +proceeded carefully and cautiously, lest he should come upon her +unexpectedly; in short, wherever he went, whatever he did, his actions, +his movements, his very words, were controlled and constrained by the +horror of beholding her again. + +The malediction she had uttered rang incessantly in his ears; nay, such +possession had it taken of him, that he had written the words down, and +sealed the document which contained them. ‘Thrice you shall see me +before you die. My visitings will be dreadful, but the third will be the +last.’ + +‘Calais’ was not more deeply imprinted on our Queen’s heart, than these +lines upon that of Mr. Harding; but he was ashamed of the strength of his +feelings, and placed the paper wherein he had recorded them at the very +bottom of his desk. + +Meanwhile Frederick Langdale was unremitting in his attentions to Maria; +but, as is too often the case, the bright sunshine of their loves was +clouded. Her health, always delicate, now appeared more so, and at times +her anxious parents felt a solicitude upon her account, new to them; for +decided symptoms of consumption had shown themselves, which the faculty, +although they spoke of them lightly to the fond mother and to the gentle +patient, treated with such care and caution, as gave alarm to those who +could see the progress of the fatal disease, which was unnoticed by Maria +herself, who anticipated parties, and pleasure, and gaieties, in the +coming spring, which the doctors thought it but too probable she might +never enjoy. + +That Mr. Langdale’s ‘punctilio,’ or Mrs. Langdale’s excessive desire for +apparent juvenility, should have induced the postponement of Maria’s +marriage, was, indeed, a melancholy circumstance. The agitation, the +surprise, the hope deferred, which weighed upon the sweet girl’s mind, +and that doubting dread of something unexpected, which lovers always +feel, bore down her spirits, and injured her health; whereas, had the +marriage been celebrated, the relief she would have experienced from all +her apprehensions, added to the tour of France and Italy, which the happy +couple were to make immediately after their union, would have restored +her health, while it ensured her happiness. This, however, was not to +be. + +It was now three months since poor Mr. Harding’s rencontre with Martha; +and habit, and time, and constant avocation, had conspired to free his +mind from the dread she at first inspired. Again he smiled and joked, +again he enjoyed society, and again dared to take the nearest road to +Somerset House; nay, he had so far recovered from the unaccountable +terror he had originally felt, that he went to his desk, and selecting +the paper wherein he had set down the awful denunciation of the hag, +deliberately tore it into bits, and witnessed its destruction in the +fire, with something like real satisfaction, and a determination never +more to think upon so silly an affair. + +Frederick Langdale was, as usual, with his betrothed, and Mrs. Harding +enjoying the egotism of the lovers, (for, as I said before, lovers think +their conversation the most charming in the world, because they talk of +nothing but themselves) when his curricle was driven to the door to +convey him to Tattersall’s, where his father had commissioned him to look +at a horse, or horses, which he intended to purchase; for Frederick was, +of all things in the world, the best possible judge of a horse. + +To this sweeping dictum, pronounced by the young gentleman himself, Mr. +Harding, however, was not willing to assent; and therefore, in order to +have the full advantage of two heads, which, as the proverb says, are +better than one, the worthy father-in-law elect, proposed accompanying +the youth to the auctioneer’s yard at Hyde-Park Corner, it being one of +those few privileged days when the labourers in our public offices make +holiday. The proposal was hailed with delight by the young man, who, in +order to show due deference to Mr. Harding, gave him the reins, and +bowing their adieus to the ladies at the window, away they went, the +splendid cattle of Mr. Langdale prancing and curvetting, fire flaming +from their eyes, and smoke breathing from their nostrils. + +The charioteer, however, soon found that the horses were somewhat beyond +his strength, even putting his skill wholly out of the question, and in +turning into Russell-street, proposed surrendering the reins to +Frederick. By some misunderstanding of words in the alarm which Harding +felt, Frederick did not take the reins which he (perfectly confounded) +tendered to him in great agitation. They slipped over the dashing iron +between the horse, who thus freed from restraint, reared wildly in the +air, and plunging forward, dashed the vehicle against a post, and +precipitated Frederick and Harding on the curbstone; the off-horse kicked +desperately as the carriage became entangled and impeded, and struck +Frederick a desperate blow on the head. Harding, whose right arm and +collar-bone were broken, raised himself on his left hand, and saw +Frederick weltering in his blood, apparently lifeless before him. The +infuriated animals again plunged forward with the shattered remnant of +the carriage, and as this object was removed from his sight, the wretched +father-in-law beheld, looking upon the scene with a fixed and unruffled +countenance—MARTHA, THE GIPSY. + +It was doubtful whether the appearance of this horrible vision, coupled +as it was with the verification of her prophecy, had not a more dreadful +effect upon Mr. Harding, than the sad reality before him. He trembled, +sickened, fainted, and fell senseless on the ground. + +Assistance was promptly procured, and the wounded sufferers were +carefully removed to their respective dwellings. Frederick Langdale’s +sufferings were much greater than those of his companion, and, in +addition to severe fractures of two of his limbs, the wound upon his head +presented a most terrible appearance, and excited the greatest alarm in +his medical attendants. + +Mr. Harding, whose temperate course of life was greatly advantageous to +his case, had suffered comparatively little: a simple fracture of the +arm, and dislocation of the collar-bone (which was the extent of his +misfortune,) were, by skilful treatment and implicit obedience to +professional commands, soon pronounced in a state of improvement; but a +wound had been inflicted which no doctor could heal. The conviction that +the woman, whose anger he had incurred, had, if not the power of +producing evil, at least the power to foretell it, and that he had twice +again to see her before the fulfilment of her prophecy, struck deep into +his mind; and although he felt himself more at ease when he had +communicated to Mrs. Harding the fact of having seen the gipsy at the +moment of the accident, it was impossible for him to rally from the shock +which his nerves had received. It was in vain he had tried to shake off +the perpetual apprehension of again beholding her. + +Frederick Langdale remained for some time in a very precarious state. +All visitors were excluded from his room, and a wretched space of two +months passed, during which his affectionate Maria had never been allowed +to see him, nor to write to, nor to hear from him. While her +constitution was gradually giving way to the constant operation of +solicitude and sorrow. + +Mr. Harding meanwhile recovered rapidly, but his spirits did not keep +pace with his mending health; the dread he felt of quitting his house, +the tremor excited in his breast by a knocking at the door, or the +approach of a footstep, lest the intruder should be the basilisk Martha, +were not to be described; and the appearance of his poor Maria did not +tend to cheer the gloom which hung over him. + +When at length Frederick was sufficiently recovered to receive visitors, +Maria was not sufficiently well to visit him: she was too rapidly sinking +into an early grave, and even the physician himself appeared desirous of +preparing her parents for the worst, while she, full of the symptomatic +prospectiveness of disease, still talked anticipatingly of future +happiness, when Frederick would be sufficiently re-established to visit +her. + +At length, however, the doctors suggested a change of air—a suggestion +instantly attended to, but, alas! too late; the weakness of the poor girl +was such, that upon a trial of her strength it was found inexpedient to +attempt her removal. + +In this terrible state, separated from him whose all she was, did the +exemplary patient linger, and life seemed flickering in her flushing +cheek; and her eye was sunken, and her parched lip quivered with pain. + +It was at length agreed, that on the following day Frederick Langdale +might be permitted to visit her;—his varied fractures were reduced, and +the wound on the head had assumed a favourable appearance. The carriage +was ordered to convey him to the Hardings at one, and the physicians +advised by all means that Maria should be apprized of and prepared for +the meeting the day previous to its taking place. Those who are parents, +and those alone, will be able to understand the tender solicitude, the +wary caution with which both her father and mother proceeded in a +disclosure, so important as the medical men thought to her recovery—so +careful that the coming joy should be imparted gradually to their +suffering child, and that all the mischiefs resulting from an abrupt +announcement should be avoided. + +They sat down by her—spoke of Frederick—Maria joined in the +conversation—raised herself in her bed—by degrees, hope was excited that +she might soon again see him—this hope was gradually improved into +certainty—the period at which it might occur spoken of—that period again +progressively diminished: the anxious girl caught the whole truth—she +knew it—she was conscious that she would behold him on the morrow—she +burst into a flood of tears and sank down upon her pillow. + +At that moment the bright sun, which was shining in all its splendour, +beamed into the room, and fell strongly upon her flushed countenance. + +‘Draw down the blind, my love,’ said Mrs. Harding to her husband. +Harding rose and proceeded to the window. + +A shriek of horror burst from him—‘She is there!’ exclaimed the agitated +man. + +‘Who?’ cried his astonished wife. + +‘She—she—the horrid she!’ + +Mrs. Harding ran to the window and beheld, standing on the opposite side +of the street, with her eyes fixed attentively on the house—MARTHA, THE +GIPSY. + +‘Draw down the blind, my love, and come away; pray come away,’ said Mrs. +Harding. + +Harding drew down the blind. + +‘What evil is at hand? What misery is impending?’ sobbed Harding. + +A loud scream from his wife, who had returned to the bedside, was the +horrid answer to his painful question. + +Maria was dead! + +Twice of the thrice he had seen this dreadful fiend in human shape; each +visitation was (as she had foretold) to surpass the preceding ones in its +importance of horror.—What could surpass this? + +There, before the afflicted parents, lay their innocent child stretched +in the still sleep of death; neither of them believed it true—it seemed +like a dreadful dream. Harding was bewildered, and turned from the +corpse of his beloved to the window he had just left.—Martha was gone—and +he heard her singing a wild and joyous air at the other end of the +street. + +The servants were summoned—medical aid was called in—but it was all too +late! and the wretched parents were doomed to mourn their loved, their +lost Maria! George, her fond and affectionate brother, who was at +Oxford, hastened from all the academic honours which were awaiting him, +to follow to the grave his beloved sister. + +The effect upon Frederick Langdale was most dreadful: it was supposed he +would never recover from a shock so great, and at the moment so +unexpected; for, although the delicacy of her constitution was a +perpetual source of uneasiness and solicitude, still the immediate +symptoms had taken rather a favourable turn during the last few days of +her life, and had re-invigorated the hopes which those who so dearly +loved her entertained of her eventual recovery. Of this distressed young +man I never indeed heard anything, till about three years after, when I +saw it announced in the papers that he was just married to the only +daughter of a rich west-country baronet, which event, if wanted to work +another proverb here, would afford me a most admirable opportunity of +doing so. + +The death of poor Maria, and the dread which her father entertained of +the third visitation of Martha, made a complete change in the affairs of +the family. By the exertion of powerful interest, he obtained an +appointment for his son to act as his deputy in the office which he held, +and having achieved this desired object, resolved on leaving England for +a time, and quitting a neighbourhood in which he must be perpetually +exposed to the danger which he was now perfectly convinced was +inseparable from his next interview with the weird woman. + +George, of course, thus checked in his classical pursuits, left Oxford, +and at the early age of nineteen commenced active official life, not +certainly in the particular department which his mother had selected for +his _debût_; and it was somewhat observable, that the Langdales, after +the death of Maria, not only abstained from frequent intercourse with the +Hardings during their stay in England, but that the mighty professions of +the purse-proud citizen dwindled by degrees into an absolute +forgetfulness of any promise, even conditional, to exert an interest for +their son. + +Seeing this, Mr. Harding felt that he should act prudentially, by +endeavouring to place his son where in the course of time, he might +perhaps attain to that situation, from whose honourable revenue he could +live like a gentleman, and ‘settle comfortably.’ + +All the arrangements which the kind father had proposed, being made, the +mourning couple proceeded on a lengthened tour of the continent; and it +was evident that his spirits mended rapidly, when he felt conscious that +his liability to encounter Martha had decreased. The sorrow of mourning +was soothed and softened in the common course of nature, and the quiet +domesticated couple sat themselves down at Lausanne, ‘the world +forgetting, by the world forgot,’ except by their excellent and exemplary +son, whose good qualities, it seems, had captivated a remarkable pretty +girl, a neighbour of his, whose mother seemed to be equally charmed with +the goodness of his income. + +There appeared, strange to say, in this love affair, no difficulties to +be surmounted, no obstacles to be overcome; and the consent of the +Hardings (requested in a letter, which also begged them to be present at +the ceremony, if they were willing it should take place,) was presently +obtained by George; and at the close of the second year, which had passed +since their departure, the parents and son were again assembled in that +house, the sight of which recalled to their recollection their unhappy +daughter, and her melancholy fate, and which was still associated most +painfully in the mind of Mr. Harding with the hated Gipsy. + +The charm, however, had, no doubt, been broken. In the two past years, +Martha was probably either dead or gone from the neighbourhood. Gypsies +were a wandering tribe—and why should she be an exception to a general +rule?—and thus Mrs. Harding checked the rising apprehensions and renewed +uneasiness of her husband; and so well did she succeed, that when the +wedding-day came, and the bells rang, and the favours fluttered in the +air, his countenance was lighted up with smiles, and he kissed the +glowing cheek of his new daughter-in-law with warmth, and something like +happiness. + +The wedding took place at that season of the year when friends and +families meet jovially and harmoniously, when all little bickerings are +forgotten, and when, by a general feeling founded upon religion, and +perpetuated by the memory of the blessings granted to the world by the +Almighty, an universal amnesty is proclaimed; when the cheerful fire, and +teeming board, announce that Christmas is come, and mirth and gratulation +are the order of the day. + +It unfortunately happened, however, that to the account of Miss +Wilkinson’s marriage with George Harding, I am not permitted, in truth, +to add, that they left town in a travelling carriage and four, to spend +the honeymoon. Three or four days permitted absence from his office, +alone, were devoted to the celebration of the nuptials, and it was agreed +that the whole party, together with the younger branches of the +Wilkinson’s, their cousins and second cousins, etc., should meet on +twelfth-night to celebrate, in a juvenile party, the return of the bride +and bridegroom to their home. + +When the night came, it was delightful to see the happy faces of the +smiling youngsters: it was a pleasure to behold them pleased—a +participation in which, since the highest amongst us, and the most +accomplished prince in Europe, annually evinces the gratification he +feels in such sights, I am by no means disposed to disclaim. And merry +was the jest, and gaily did the evening pass; and Mr. Harding, surrounded +by his youthful guests, smiled, and for a season forgot his care; yet, as +he glanced around the room, he could not suppress a sigh, when he +recollected, that in that very room his darling Maria had entertained her +little parties on the anniversary of the same day in former years. + +Supper was announced early, and the gay throng bounded down stairs to the +parlour, where an abundance of the luxuries of middle life crowded the +board. In the centre appeared the great object of the feast—a huge +twelfth-cake; and gilded kings and queens stood lingering over circles of +scarlet sweet-meats, and hearts of sugar lay enshrined with warlike +trophies of the same material. + +Many and deep were the wounds the mighty heap received, and every guest +watched with a deep anxiety the coming portion, relatively to the +glittering splendour with which its frosted surface was adorned. +Character cards, illustrated with pithy mottoes, and smart sayings, were +distributed; and by one of those little frauds which, in such societies, +are always tolerated, Mr. Harding was announced as king, and the new +bride as queen; and there was such charming joking, and such harmless +merriment abounding, that he looked to his wife with an expression of +content, which she had often, but vainly, sought to find upon his +countenance, since the death of his dear child. + +Supper concluded, the clock struck twelve, and the elders looked as if it +were time for the young ones to depart. One half-hour’s grace was begged +for by the ‘King,’ and granted; and Mrs. George Harding on this night was +to sing them a song about ‘poor old maidens’—an ancient quaintness, +which, by custom and usage ever since she was a little child, she had +annually ‘performed’ upon this anniversary; and, accordingly, the promise +being claimed, silence was obtained, and she, with all that show of +tucker-heaving diffidence which is so becoming in a pretty plump +downy-cheeked girl, prepared to commence the venerable chaunt, when a +noise resembling that produceable by the falling of an eight-and-forty +pound shot, echoed through the house. It appeared to descend from the +very top of the building, down each flight of stairs rapidly and +violently. It passed the room in which they were sitting, and rolled its +impetuous course downwards to the basement. As it seemed to leave the +hall, the parlour door was forced open, as if by a rude gust of wind, and +stood ajar. + +All the children were in a moment on their feet, huddled close to their +respective mothers in groups. Mrs. Harding rose and rang the bell to +inquire the meaning of the uproar. Her daughter-in-law, pale as ashes, +looked at George; but there was one of the party who moved not, who +stirred not; it was the elder Harding, whose eyes first fixed steadfastly +on the half-opened door, slowly followed the course of the wall of the +apartment to the fire-place;—there they rested. + +When the servants came, they said they had heard the noise, but thought +it proceeded from above. Harding looked at his wife; and then turning to +the servant, observed carelessly, that it must have been some noise in +the street, and desiring him to withdraw, entreated the bride to pursue +her song. She did; but the children had been too much alarmed to enjoy +it, and the noise had in its character something so strange and so +unearthly, that even the elders of the party, although bound not to admit +anything like apprehension before their offspring, felt extremely well +pleased when they found themselves at home. + +When the guests were gone, and George’s wife lighted her candle to retire +to rest, her father-in-law kissed her affectionately, and prayed God to +bless her. He then took a kind leave of his son, and putting up a +fervent prayer for his happiness, pressed him to his heart, and bade him +adieu with an earnestness which, under the common-place circumstance of a +temporary separation, was inexplicable to the young man. + +When Harding reached his bed-room, he spoke to his wife, and entreated +her to prepare her mind for some great calamity. + +‘What it is to be,’ said Harding, ‘where the blow is to fall I know not; +but it is over us this night!’ + +‘My life!’ exclaimed Mrs. Harding, ‘what new fancy is this?’ + +‘Eliza, love!’ answered her husband, in a tone of unspeakable agony, ‘I +have seen her for the third and last time.’ + +‘Who?’ + +‘MARTHA, THE GIPSY.’ + +‘Impossible,’ said Mrs. Harding, ‘you have not left the house to-day.’ + +‘True, my beloved,’ replied the husband; ‘but I have seen her. When that +tremendous noise was heard at supper, as the door was supernaturally +opened, I saw her. She fixed those dreadful eyes of her’s upon me; she +proceeded to the fire-place, and stood in the midst of the children, and +there she remained till the servant came in.’ + +‘My dearest husband,’ said Mrs. Harding, ‘this is but a disorder of the +imagination!’ + +‘Be it what it may,’ said he, ‘I have seen her. Human or +superhuman—natural or supernatural—there she was. I shall not strive to +argue upon a point where I am likely to meet with little credit: all I +ask is, pray fervently, have faith, and we will hope the misfortune, +whatever it is, may be averted.’ + +He kissed his wife’s cheek tenderly, and after a fitful feverish hour or +two fell into a slumber. + +From that slumber never awoke he more.—He was found dead in his bed in +the morning. + +‘Whether the force of imagination, coupled with the unexpected noise, +produced such an alarm as to rob him of life, I know not,’ said my +communicant; ‘but he was dead.’ + +The story was told me by my friend Ellis in walking from the City to +Harley-street late one evening; and when we came to this part of the +history we were in Bedford-square, at the dark and dreary corner of it +where Caroline-street joins it. + +‘And there,’ said Ellis, pointing downward, ‘is the street where the +circumstance occurred.’ + +‘Come, come,’ said I, ‘you tell the story well, but I suppose you do not +expect it to be received as gospel.’ + +‘Faith,’ said he, ‘I know so much of it that I was one of the +twelfth-night party, and heard the noise.’ + +‘But you did not see the spectre?’ cried I. + +‘No,’ replied Ellis, ‘I certainly did not.’ + +‘Nor anybody else,’ said I, ‘I’ll be sworn.’—A quick footstep was just +then heard behind us.—I turned half round to let the person pass, and saw +a woman enveloped in a red cloak, whose sparkling black eyes, shone upon +by the dim lustre of a lamp above her head, dazzled me.—I was +startled—‘Pray remember old MARTHA, THE GIPSY,’ said the hag. + +It was like a thunder-stroke.—I instantly slipped my hand into my pocket, +and hastily gave her three from a five-shilling piece. + +‘Thanks, my bonny one,’ said the woman, and setting up a shout of +contemptuous laughter she bounded down Caroline-street towards +Russell-street, singing, or rather yelling a wild air. + +Ellis did not speak during this scene—he pressed my arm tightly, and we +quickened our pace. We said nothing to each other till we turned into +Bedford-street, and the lights and passengers of Tottenham-court-road +re-assured us. + +‘What do you think of _that_?’ said Ellis to me. + +‘_Seeing is believing_,’ was my reply. + +I have never passed that dark corner of Bedford-square in the evening +since. + + + + +REMARKABLE FULFILMENT OF A PREDICTION. + + +A certain German author relates the following: + +In my younger days, there was a dinner given in the _Florenburg +Westphalen_, where I was born, on the occasion of a baptism to which a +clergyman was invited. During dinner, the conversation turned upon the +gravedigger of the place, who was well known on account of his +second-sight; for, as often as he saw a corpse, he was always telling +that there would be a funeral from such and such a house. Now, as the +event invariably took place, the inhabitants of the house he indicated +were placed by the man’s tale in the greatest anxiety. + +This man’s prophecying was an abomination to the clergyman. He therefore +forbade him, but all to no purpose; for the poor dolt, although he was a +drunkard, and a man of low and vulgar sentiments, believed firmly that it +was a prophetic gift of God, and that he must make it known, in order +that the people might still repent. At length the clergyman gave him +notice that, if he announced one funeral more, he should be deprived of +his place, and expelled from the village. This availed—the gravedigger +was silent from that time forward. Half a year afterward, in the autumn +of 1745, the gravedigger came to the clergyman, and said to him: ‘Sir, +you have forbidden me to announce any more funerals, and I have not done +so since, nor will I do it any more; but I must tell you something that +is particularly remarkable, that you may see that my second sight is +really true. In a few weeks a corpse will be brought up the meadow, +which will be drawn on a sledge by an ox.’ The clergyman seemingly paid +no attention to this, but listened to it with indifference, and replied: +‘Only go about your business, and leave off such superstitious follies. +It is sinful to have anything to do with them.’ + +Some weeks after a strong body of Austrian troops passed through the +village on their way to the Netherlands. While resting there a day, the +snow fell nearly three feet deep. At the same time, a woman died in +another village of the same parish. The military took away all the +horses out of the country to drag the waggons. Meanwhile the corpse lay +there, no horses came back; the body began to putrify; they were, +therefore, compelled to make a virtue of necessity—to place the corpse +upon a sledge, and harness an ox to it. + +In the meantime the clergyman, and the teacher with his scholars, +proceeded to the village to meet the corpse; and, as the funeral came +along the meadow in this array, the gravedigger came up to the clergyman, +pulled him by the gown, pointed with his finger toward the sledge, and +said not a word. + +Such was the tale as related by the clergyman. I was well acquainted +with the good man, and he was incapable of telling an untruth, much less +in a matter which contradicted all his principles. + + + + +PROVIDENTIAL FOREBODING. + + +IN the ‘Museum of Wonders,’ Vol. II., page 153, there is a striking +presentiment related, which Madame de Beaumont received from the lips of +a credible person. This individual had a friend in the country, who, +being unmarried, committed his domestic concerns to the care of an +housekeeper who had been with him for many years. When his birthday +arrived, he made many preparations for celebrating it, and told his +housekeeper in the morning to clean out a certain arbour in the garden, +which he named, because, as the weather was fine, he intended to pass the +day in it with his guests. She seeming quite amazed at this, told and +entreated him to receive his guests in a room, for she had last night in +her dream a presentiment that the arbour would that day be struck by +lightning. He laughed at the assertion, as there was no appearance of a +storm coming on that day, and he told her not to mind her foolish dream, +and to prepare the arbour for the reception of his guests. She did as +she was ordered, the guests arrived, and as the day was fine, made +themselves merry. But in the meantime clouds gathered in the distant +horizon and were at last powerfully driven to that place by the wind. +The company were so intent on their entertainment that they did not in +the least observe it: but scarcely was the housekeeper aware that the +storm was approaching, than she begged her master to leave the arbour +with his company, for she could not divest herself at all of the idea of +the lightning striking it. At first they would not listen, but at last, +when she continued her entreaties and the thunder commenced to approach +with great violence, they suffered themselves to be induced to leave the +arbour. Hardly had they reached the room when they heard a heavy crash +of thunder, and the quick following lightning struck the arbour and +dashed everything that had been left in it to pieces. + + + + +WONDERFUL PRESENTIMENT. + + +Madame Beaumont relates the following: + +My whole family still remember an accident from which my father was +preserved by a presentiment of danger. On one occasion, he agreed with a +party to sail to Port St. Osmer. When it was time to go on board, an +aunt of my father’s, who was deaf and dumb, uttered a kind of howl, +placed herself at the door, blocked up the way with her arms, struck her +hands together, and gave him, by signs, to understand that she conjured +him to stay at home. My father, who had promised himself much pleasure +from this excursion, only laughed at her entreaties; but the lady fell at +his feet, and manifested such signs of poignant grief, that he at length +determined to yield to her entreaties, and postponed his excursion to +Port St. Osmer until some other day. + +He therefore endeavoured to detain the rest also; but they laughed at him +for being so easily persuaded, and set sail. Scarcely had the vessel +proceeded half the distance, before those on board of it had the greatest +reason to repent that they had not followed his advice. Some serious +accidents happened to the vessel, so that it broke to pieces; several +lost their lives, and those who saved themselves by swimming were so much +terrified at their narrow escape, that they, with difficulty, got the +better of it. + +By some written statements the dumb afterwards made, it was shown that, +in the night preceding, she had an awful and life-like dream, in which it +seemed that the excursion-boat, which would set sail on the following day +for Port St. Osmer, would be wrecked; and that most of the persons on +board would either get drowned or barely escape. The warning angel found +that he could influence no one more effectually than the deaf and dumb +aunt; he therefore selected her for the execution of his commission. My +father, all his life, was profoundly thankful, both to her and the +guardian angel, for this providential warning and foreboding. + + * * * * * + + * * * * * + + PRINTED FOR THE BOOKSELLERS. + + * * * * * + + + + +NOTES. + + +{7} Or acknowledgment, which, by the tenure of some estates, is given +to every new lord of a manor. + +{10} The term used in this country for a lane. + +{16} A few years ago, (since the above was written) Mr. E of O—, was +killed by a fall from his horse, at his own gate, as he was returning +from hunting. + +{32a} The Duke of Buckingham (favourite of James and Charles I. who was +beheaded) assassinated by J. Felton. + +{32b} The Scots, who sold their King, Charles I. for a large sum of +money, to the English rebels. + +{32c} Supposed to have been the Marquis of Montrose. + +{33a} Supposed to have been Oliver Cromwell, at whose death the greatest +storm of wind happened that had been known in England. + +{33b} The plague and fire of London were here plainly foretold. + +{33c} The Great Yellow Fruit, supposed to have been the Prince of +Orange, King William III. + +{34} This was said in the book whence the PREDICTIONS were extracted, to +mean oppression of the poor. + +{43} It is reported that there is a room in this house the door and +windows of which are kept closely fastened, and no one is ever permitted +to enter the same except the next heir, when he attains his twenty-first +year, at which time he goes in alone and when he returns it is shut up as +before. + +{51} The original prophecy says, “Richard the son of Richard.” + +{184} Sir Walter Raleigh. + +{185a} Tobacco. + +{185b} The Potatoe. + + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PROPHECIES OF ROBERT NIXON, MOTHER +SHIPTON, AND MARTHA, THE GYPSY*** + + +******* This file should be named 40962-0.txt or 40962-0.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/4/0/9/6/40962 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/40962-0.zip b/40962-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b8d513 --- /dev/null +++ b/40962-0.zip diff --git a/40962-h.zip b/40962-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a02b13d --- /dev/null +++ b/40962-h.zip diff --git a/40962-h/40962-h.htm b/40962-h/40962-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a773dae --- /dev/null +++ b/40962-h/40962-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,4561 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII" /> +<title>Prophecies of Robert Nixon, Mother Shipton, and Martha, the Gypsy, by Anonymous</title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + P { margin-top: .75em; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + P.gutsumm { margin-left: 5%;} + P.poetry {margin-left: 3%; } + .GutSmall { font-size: 0.7em; } + H1, H2 { + text-align: center; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + } + H3, H4, H5 { + text-align: center; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + } + BODY{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + table { border-collapse: collapse; } +table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;} + td { vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid black;} + td p { margin: 0.2em; } + .blkquot {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */ + + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + + .pagenum {position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: small; + text-align: right; + font-weight: normal; + color: gray; + } + img { border: none; } + img.dc { float: left; width: 50px; height: 50px; } + p.gutindent { margin-left: 2em; } + div.gapspace { height: 0.8em; } + div.gapline { height: 0.8em; width: 100%; border-top: 1px solid;} + div.gapmediumline { height: 0.3em; width: 40%; margin-left:30%; + border-top: 1px solid; } + div.gapmediumdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 40%; margin-left:30%; + border-top: 1px solid; border-bottom: 1px solid;} + div.gapshortdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 20%; + margin-left: 40%; border-top: 1px solid; + border-bottom: 1px solid; } + div.gapdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 50%; + margin-left: 25%; border-top: 1px solid; + border-bottom: 1px solid;} + div.gapshortline { height: 0.3em; width: 20%; margin-left:40%; + border-top: 1px solid; } + .citation {vertical-align: super; + font-size: .8em; + text-decoration: none;} + img.floatleft { float: left; + margin-right: 1em; + margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; } + img.floatright { float: right; + margin-left: 1em; margin-top: 0.5em; + margin-bottom: 0.5em; } + img.clearcenter {display: block; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; margin-top: 0.5em; + margin-bottom: 0.5em} + --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> +</head> +<body> +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Prophecies of Robert Nixon, Mother Shipton, +and Martha, the Gypsy, by Anonymous + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: Prophecies of Robert Nixon, Mother Shipton, and Martha, the Gypsy + + +Author: Anonymous + + + +Release Date: October 7, 2012 [eBook #40962] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII) + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PROPHECIES OF ROBERT NIXON, MOTHER +SHIPTON, AND MARTHA, THE GYPSY*** +</pre> +<p>This ebook was transcribed by Les Bowler</p> +<p style="text-align: center"> +<a href="images/fp.jpg"> +<img alt= +"Great skill had they in palmistry" +title= +"Great skill had they in palmistry" +src="images/fp.jpg" /> +</a></p> +<h1>PROPHECIES<br /> +<span class="GutSmall">OF</span><br /> +<span class="GutSmall">ROBERT NIXON,</span><br /> +MOTHER SHIPTON,<br /> +<span class="GutSmall">AND</span><br /> +MARTHA, THE GIPSY.</h1> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<p style="text-align: center"><span +class="GutSmall">LONDON:</span><br /> +<span class="GutSmall"><i>PUBLISHED FOR THE +BOOKSELLERS</i></span><span class="GutSmall">.</span></p> +<h2>CONTENTS.</h2> +<table> +<tr> +<td><p> </p> +</td> +<td><p><span class="GutSmall">PAGE</span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>The Life of Robert Nixon, commonly called The Cheshire +Prophet.</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page5">5</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>The Original predictions of Robert Nixon, as delivered by +himself.</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page18">18</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>The Following predictions of Robert Nixon are copied from +old pamphlets.</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page31">31</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>Nixon’s Cheshire prophecy at large, from Lady +Cowper’s copy; with historical and political remarks, and +many instances wherein it has been fulfilled.</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page36">36</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>The Editor presents his Readers with a Copy of a printed +Paper, which several aged Persons, residing near the Forest, have +vouched for the Authenticity of.</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page56">56</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>Prophecy of the French Revolution, from a publication by +the late Mr. Peter Jurieu, in 1687.</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page61">61</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>Extracts from sermons by Dr. John Gill.</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page69">69</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>An extraordinary prediction related by Mr. John +Wesley.</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page95">95</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>The Life and Prophecies of Mother Shipton.</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page103">103</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>Prophecies of Martha, the Gipsy.</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page197">197</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>Remarkable fulfilment of a prediction.</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page250">250</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +</table> +<h2><a name="page5"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 5</span>THE LIFE +OF ROBERT NIXON,<br /> +<span class="GutSmall">COMMONLY CALLED</span><br /> +THE CHESHIRE PROPHET.</h2> +<p><span class="smcap">The</span> Prophecy of Nixon has so often +given a name to the productions of authors of different +principles, that it is now almost become a doubt whether such a +person ever existed. Passing through Cheshire lately, +curiosity led me to inquire what credit these legends bore among +the natives: and I was not a little surprised to find with what +confidence they related events which have come to pass within the +memory of many of the inhabitants; and how strictly they adhered +to the notion that he would not fail in the rest. Amongst +his number <a name="page6"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +6</span>was a namesake and descendant of the same family with +this famous idiot, who, at this time lives not far from +Vale-Royal, from whom I had mostly what follows, which he said he +had often heard his father and other ancient people in the +country relate. I also obtained a manuscript copy which +seemed to bear the appearance of antiquity.—Mr. Gerrard, +Mr. Grimes and many others of the inhabitants of the forest of +Delamere very obligingly told me what they knew, and confirmed +what was past.</p> +<p>John, or Jonathan Nixon, the father of our prophet was a +husbandman who held the lease of a farm from the abbey of +Vale-Royal, to this day known by the name of Bark, or +Bridge-house in the parish of Over near New-Church, and not far +from Vale-Royal, on the forest of Delamere, which house is still +kept up and venerated by the natives of Cheshire for nothing else +that I could hear of but this extraordinary person’s birth, +which took place Whitsuntide, and he was christened by the name +of Robert, in the year 1467, about the 7th year of Edward IV.; +and from his infancy he was <a name="page7"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 7</span>remarkable for a stupidity and +invincible ignorance, so that it was with great difficulty his +parents could instruct him to drive the team, tend the cattle and +such sort of rustic employments.</p> +<p>His parents at their decease left the farm and our Robert very +young, to the care of an elder brother with whom he first gave an +instance of that foreknowledge which renders his name so +famous.</p> +<p>As he was driving the team one day, whilst his brother’s +man guided the plough, he pricked an ox so very cruelly with his +goad that the plough-holder threatened to acquaint his master; on +which Nixon said, the ox should not be his brother’s three +days hence; which accordingly happened for a life drooping in the +estate, the lord of the manor took the same ox for an heriot. <a +name="citation7"></a><a href="#footnote7" +class="citation">[7]</a></p> +<p>During his residence here he was chiefly distinguished for his +simplicity, seldom spoke, and when he did it was with so rough a +voice that it was painful to hear him; he was remarkably +satirical, and what <a name="page8"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +8</span>he said had generally some prophetic meaning. It +was about this time that the monk of Vale-Royal having displeased +him he said in an angry tone,</p> +<blockquote><p>When you the arrow come on high,<br /> +Soon a raven’s nest will be;</p> +</blockquote> +<p>which is well known to have come to pass in the person of the +last abbot of that place, whose name was Harrow. Being +called before Sir Thomas Holcroft he was put to death for denying +the supremacy of King Henry VIII. Having suppressed the +abbey the King gave the domain to this knight and his heirs who +bore a raven for their crest.</p> +<p>At another time he told them that Norton and Vale-Royal abbeys +should meet on Acton-bridge, a thing at that time looked upon as +improbable; yet those two abbeys being pulled down the stones +were used for the purpose of repairing the bridge; and what was +more improbable still a small thorn growing in the abbey-yard +would become its door. We may easily guess no one thought +this last would ever come to pass, <a name="page9"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 9</span>and especially as it was understood by +every one at that time of day that thorns never grew so large; +but this shows the uncertain meaning of a prophecy, and that what +we understand one way is possibly meant quite different; so it +happened in this case, for, at the Reformation the savage ravages +under the sanction of religion sought nothing but rapine and +plunder to enrich themselves; and under the name of banishing +superstition and pulling down idolatry, spared not even the most +revered lineaments of antiquity, the most sacred piles, the most +noble structures, or most valuable records, books written by our +most venerable forefathers and heroic ancestors. Pieces of +the nicest paint and figures of the best workmanship being all +lost, irrecoverably lost in one common fit of destructive zeal +which every hue and cry is too apt to raise in the breast of a +hot-headed bigot; whilst the truly religious, honest and learned +men regret to this day the loss those destructive times have +occasioned. Whilst these reached Vale-Royal, this thorn +amongst the rest, <a name="page10"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +10</span>being cut down was cast in the door-way, to prevent +sheep which grazed in the court from going in.</p> +<p>But the Reformation he declares in still plainer terms; for he +says,</p> +<blockquote><p>A time shall come when priests and monks<br /> +Shall have no churches nor houses,<br /> +And places where images stood,<br /> +Lined letters shall be good,<br /> +English books through churches are spread,<br /> +Where shall be no holy bread.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>It is not my intention to recite every particular he is said +to have foretold, which regard either private families or past +occasions—however, it may not be amiss to mention what is +fresh in every one’s memory who lives near Delamere forest +and was vouched to me by several of the oldest inhabitants.</p> +<blockquote><p>Thro’ Weaver-hall shall be a lone <a +name="citation10"></a><a href="#footnote10" +class="citation">[10]</a><br /> +Ridley-pool shall be sown and mown,<br /> +And Darnel-Park shall be hacked and hewn.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>The two wings of Weaver-hall are now standing and between them +is a cart-road; Ridley-pool is filled up and made good <a +name="page11"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 11</span>meadow land: +and in Darnel-Park the trees are cut down and it is made into +pasture-ground.</p> +<p>I was also assured that he foretold the use of broad wheels, +etc. and that the town of Northwich now a considerable place of +trade for salt will be destroyed by water, which is expected to +come to pass, by the natives of Cheshire, as much as any other +part of his prophecy has done; and some urge that the navigable +cuts lately made is the water meant: but whether a prejudice +against those useful improvements may not have given rise to this +notion, time only can determine.</p> +<p>But what rendered Nixon the most noticed was that at the time +when the battle of Bosworth-field was fought between King Richard +the Third and King Henry the Seventh, he stopped his team on a +sudden and pointing with his whip from one to the other cried, +“Now, Richard! Now, Harry!” several times; till +at last, he said, “Now, Harry, get over that ditch and you +gain the day.” The plough-holder, amazed, related +what had passed when he came <a name="page12"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 12</span>home, and the truth of the prediction +was verified by special messengers sent to announce the +proclamation of King Henry of England on the field of battle.</p> +<p>The messenger who went this circuit related on his return the +prediction of Nixon concerning the King’s success; which, +though it had been confirmed by his arrival had made it no news +to the natives of those parts; but Henry perhaps the wisest +Prince of his time not willing to be deceived, nor yet doubting +the dispensations of Providence though by the mouth of a fool, +sent the same messenger back to find Nixon, and to bring him +before him. At the moment the King gave his orders our +prophet was in the town of Over, about which he ran like a madman +declaring the King had sent for him and that he must go to court +and there be <i>clammed</i>: that is, be starved to death. +Such a declaration caused a great deal of laughing in the town, +to think that his Majesty so noted for his wisdom should send for +a dirty drivelling clown to court, and that being sent for he +should fear to be starved there; but how great was their <a +name="page13"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 13</span>surprise, in +a few days after, when the messenger passing through the town +demanded a guide to find Nixon who (then turning the spit at his +brother’s at the Bark-house) cried, “He is coming, he +is now on the road for me!” but the astonishment of the +family can scarcely be imagined when, on the messenger’s +arrival he demanded Nixon in the King’s name; the people +who before scoffed at his simple appearance and odd sayings, and +had pointed to the very children to make him their sport were now +confounded on finding the most ridiculous of all he ever foretold +(in their opinion) become a truth, which was vouched to their own +eyes. Whilst hurried through the country Nixon still loudly +lamented that he was going to be starved at the court.</p> +<p>He had no sooner arrived there than the cautious King willing +to make trial of his foreknowledge devised the following scheme +to prove it. Having had a valuable diamond ring which he +commonly wore after the most seemingly strict inquiry made +through the palace whether any one had seen it; he sent for +Nixon, telling him <a name="page14"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +14</span>what a loss he had sustained, and that if he could not +help him to find it, he had no hopes left. But how much +surprised was the King, when he got for answer that old +proverb,</p> +<blockquote><p>He who hideth can find;</p> +</blockquote> +<p>On which he declared with a smile that he had done this only +to try the prophet; but ever after ordered that what he said +should be carefully put in writing.</p> +<p>To prevent Nixon’s being starved his Majesty gave orders +for him to have the liberty to range through the whole palace and +the kitchen was to be his more constant dwelling. Besides +which, an officer was appointed to take care that he was neither +misused or affronted by the servants, nor at loss for any +necessary of life. Thus situated one would have thought +want would never have reached him; yet one day, as the King was +going out to his hunting-seat Nixon ran to him crying and begged +in the most moving terms that he might not be left, for that if +he was his Majesty would never see him again alive: that he +should <a name="page15"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 15</span>be +starved; that now was the time, and if he was left he must +die.</p> +<p>The King whose thoughts were doubtless fixed on the diversion +he was going to and supposing the matter so very unlikely to come +to pass, only said that it was impossible and recommended him +strongly to the officer’s care; but scarcely was the king +gone from the palace-gate when the servants mocked and teased +Nixon to such a degree, that the officer to prevent these insults +locked him up in a closet and suffered no one but himself to +attend on him thinking that he should prevent this part of his +prophecy coming true: but a message of great importance coming +from the King to this very officer, he in his readiness to obey +the royal command forgot to set poor Nixon at liberty and though +he was but three days absent when he recollected his prisoner he +found him at his return, dead as he had foretold of hunger.</p> +<p>Thus evidenced with what is past stands his prophecy in every +mouth in Cheshire; yet a greater affront cannot be given than to +ask a copy from the families said to be <a +name="page16"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 16</span>possessed of +it. Every possible means it is well known has been used to +smother the truth, perplex the curious, and even to abolish the +very remembrance that such a one ever existed, but from what +reason cannot appear except that it is foretold that the heir of +O— is to meet with some ignominious death at his own gate, +<a name="citation16"></a><a href="#footnote16" +class="citation">[16]</a> with other family events which, though +no person or time being perfectly distinguished may perhaps +occasion this secrecy.</p> +<p>I must also observe that the cross on Delamere forest, that +is, three steps and the socket in which the cross formerly stood +are now sunk within a few inches of the ground, though all +remember to have seen it within the memory of man nearly six feet +above, the cross itself having been destroyed long since. +It is also remarkable that Headlets cross is mentioned by Merlin +de Rymer and most other English and Scotch prophets as the last +place in England on which it is supposed a decisive <a +name="page17"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 17</span>action will +happen; but as to any fixed period when the things will come to +pass I cannot learn, being all mentioned with the greatest +uncertainty.</p> +<h2><a name="page18"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 18</span>THE +ORIGINAL PREDICTIONS<br /> +<span class="GutSmall">OF</span><br /> +ROBERT NIXON,<br /> +<span class="GutSmall">AS DELIVERED BY HIMSELF.</span></h2> +<p class="poetry">When a raven shall build in a stone +lion’s mouth,<br /> +On a church top beside the grey forest,<br /> +Then shall a king of England be drove from his crown,<br /> + And return no more.</p> +<p class="poetry">When an eagle shall sit on the top of +Vale-Royal house,<br /> +<a name="page19"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 19</span>Then shall +an heir be born, who shall live to see great troubles in +England.</p> +<p class="poetry">There shall be a miller nam’d Peter,<br +/> + With two heels on one foot,<br /> +Who shall distinguish himself bravely,<br /> + And shall be knighted by the +victor:<br /> +For foreign nations shall invade England;<br /> + But the invader shall be +killed,<br /> +And laid across a horse’s back,<br /> + And led in triumph.</p> +<p class="poetry">A boy shall be born with three thumbs on one +hand,<br /> + Who shall hold three King’s +horses,<br /> +Whilst England three times is won and lost in one day.</p> +<p class="poetry">But after this shall be happy days,<br /> + A new set of people of virtuous +manners shall live in peace.<br /> +But the wall of Vale-Royal near the pond shall be the token of +its truth,<br /> + For it shall fall:<br /> + If it fall +downwards,<br /> +<a name="page20"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 20</span>Then shall +the church be sunk for ever:<br /> +But if it fall upwards against a hill,<br /> +Then shall the church and honest men live still.</p> +<p class="poetry"> Under this +wall shall be found the bones of a British King.<br /> +Peckforton-mill shall be removed to Ludington hill,<br /> +And three days blood shall turn Noginshire-mill.<br /> +But beware of a chance to the lord of Oulton,<br /> + Lest he should be hanged at his +own door.</p> +<p class="poetry">A crow shall sit on the top of Headless +cross,<br /> + In the forest so grey,<br /> +And drink of the nobles’ gentle blood so free;<br /> +Twenty hundred horses shall want masters,<br /> + Till their girths shall rot under +their bellies.</p> +<p class="poetry"><a name="page21"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +21</span>Thro’ our own money and our own men,<br /> + Shall a dreadful war begin;<br /> +Between the sickle and the suck,<br /> +All England shall have a pluck;<br /> +And be several times forsworn,<br /> +And put to their wits’ end,<br /> +That it shall not be known, whether to reap their corn,<br /> +Bury their dead, or go to the field to fight.</p> +<p class="poetry"> A great +scarcity of bread corn.<br /> +Foreign nations shall invade England with snow on their +helmets,<br /> +And shall bring plague, famine, and murder in the skirts of their +garments.<br /> +A great tax will be granted but never gathered.</p> +<p class="poetry">Between a rick and two trees,<br /> +A famous battle fought shall be.</p> +<p class="poetry">London street shall run with blood<br /> + And at last shall sink,<br /> +<a name="page22"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 22</span>So that it +shall be fulfilled,<br /> +Lincoln was, London is, and York shall be<br /> + The finest city of the three.</p> +<p class="poetry">There will be three gates to London of +imprisoned men for cowsters.<br /> +Then if you have three cows, at the first gate fell one, and keep +thee at home,<br /> +At the second gate fell the other two, and keep thee at home.<br +/> +At the last gate all shall be done.</p> +<p class="poetry">When summer in winter shall come,<br /> +And peace is made at every man’s home,<br /> +Then shall be danger of war;<br /> +For tho’ with peace at night the nation ring,<br /> +Men shall rise to war in the morning.</p> +<p class="poetry">There will be a winter Council, a careful +Christmas, and a bloody Lent.<br /> +<a name="page23"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 23</span>In those +days there shall be hatred and bloodshed,<br /> +The father against the son, and the son against his father,<br /> +That one may have a house for lifting the latch of the door.<br +/> +Landlords shall stand, with hats in their hands,<br /> +To desire tenants to hold their lands.</p> +<p class="poetry">Great wars and pressing of soldiers,<br /> +But at last clubs and clouted shoes shall carry the day.<br /> +It will be good in these days for a man to sell his goods, and +keep close at home.<br /> +Then forty pounds in hand<br /> +Will be better than forty pounds a year in land.<br /> +The cock of the North shall be made to flee,<br /> +And his feathers be plucked for his pride;<br /> +That he shall almost curse the day that he was born.</p> +<p class="poetry"><a name="page24"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +24</span>One asked Nixon, where he might be safe in those days? +he answered,<br /> +In God’s croft, between the rivers Mersey and Dee.</p> +<p class="poetry">Scotland shall stand more or less,<br /> +Till it has brought England to a piteous case.<br /> +The Scots shall rule England one whole year.<br /> + Three years of great wars,<br /> + And in all countries great +uproars.<br /> +The first is terrible, the second worse, but the third +unbearable.</p> +<p class="poetry"> Three great +battles;<br /> +One at Northumberland-bridge,<br /> +One at Cumberland-bridge,<br /> +And the other the south side of Trent.<br /> +Crows shall drink the blood of many nobles.<br /> +East shall rise against West, and North against South.</p> +<p class="poetry">Then take this for good,<br /> +<a name="page25"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +25</span>Noginshire-mill shall run with blood,<br /> + And many shall fly down +Wanslow-lane.</p> +<p class="poetry">A man shall come into England,<br /> +But the son of a king crown’d with thorns<br /> +Shall take from him the victory.</p> +<p class="poetry">Many nobles shall fight,<br /> +But a bastard Duke shall win the day,<br /> +And so without delay,<br /> +Set England in a right way.<br /> +A wolf from the East shall right eagerly come,<br /> +On the South side of Sandford, on a grey Monday morn,<br /> +Where groves shall grow upon a green,<br /> + Beside green grey they shall +flee<br /> + Into rocks, and many die.<br /> +They shall flee into Salt strand,<br /> +And twenty thousand, without sword, shall die each man.<br /> +The dark dragon over Sudsbrown,<br /> + Shall bring with him a royal +band;</p> +<p class="poetry"> <a +name="page26"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 26</span>But their +lives shall be forlorn,<br /> +His head shall be in Stafford town,<br /> + His tail in Ireland.<br /> +He boldly shall bring his men, thinking to win renown:<br /> +Beside a wall in forest fair he shall be beaten down.<br /> +On Hine’s heath they shall begin this bloody fight,<br /> +And with train’d steed shall hew each others’ helmet +bright:<br /> +But who shall win that day no one can tell.</p> +<p class="poetry">A Duke out of Denmark shall him dight,<br /> +On a day in England, and make many a lord full low to light,<br +/> +And the ladies cry, ‘Well away,’<br /> +And the black fleet with main and might<br /> + Their enemies full boldly their +assail.</p> +<p class="poetry">In Britain’s land shall be a knight,<br +/> +On them shall make a cruel fight,<br /> +<a name="page27"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 27</span>A bitter +boar with main and might<br /> + Shall bring a royal rout that +day.<br /> +There shall die many a worthy knight,<br /> + And be driven into the fields +green and grey,<br /> +They shall lose both field and fight.</p> +<p class="poetry">The weary eagle shall to an island in the sea +retire<br /> + Where leaves and herbs grow fresh +and green.<br /> + There shall he meet a lady +fair,<br /> +Who shall say, ‘Go help thy friend in battle +slain:’<br /> + Then by the counsel of that +fair,<br /> +He eagerly will make to flee<br /> +Twenty-six standard of the enemy,<br /> +A rampant lion in silver set, in armour fair,<br /> + Shall help the eagle in that +tide,<br /> + When many a knight shall die.</p> +<p class="poetry">The bear that hath been long tied to a stake +shall shake his chains,<br /> +<a name="page28"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 28</span>That every +man shall hear, and shall cause much debate.<br /> +The bull and red rose shall stand in strife,<br /> +That shall turn England to much woe,<br /> +And cause many a man to lose his life.</p> +<p class="poetry">In a forest stand oaks three,<br /> + Beside a headless cross.<br /> +A well of blood shall run and ree,<br /> + Its cover shall be brass,<br /> + Which shall ne’er appear,<br +/> +Till horses’ feet have trod it bare;<br /> +Who wins it will declare,<br /> +The eagle shall so fight that day,<br /> +That ne’er a friend’s from him away.<br /> +A hound without delay shall run the chase far and near.</p> +<p class="poetry"> The dark +dragon shall die in fight.<br /> +A lofty head the bear shall rear,<br /> + The wide wolf so shall light,<br +/> +The bridled steed against his enemies will fiercely fight.</p> +<p class="poetry"><a name="page29"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +29</span>A fleet shall come out of the North,<br /> + Riding on a horse of trees,<br /> +A white hind beareth he,<br /> + And there wreaths so free,<br /> +That day the eagle shall him slay,<br /> +And on a hill set his banner straightway.<br /> +That lion who’s forsaken been and forced to flee,<br /> + Shall hear a woman shrilly say,<br +/> + ‘Thy friends are killed on +yonder hill,’<br /> + Death to many a knight this +day.<br /> +With that the lion bears his banner to a hill,<br /> + Within a forest that’s so +plain,<br /> + Beside a headless cross of +stone,<br /> +There shall the eagle die that day,<br /> +And the red lion get renown.<br /> +A great battle shall be fought by crowned Kings three;<br /> +One shall die and a bastard Duke will win the day.<br /> +In Sandyford there lies a stone,<br /> +A crowned King shall lose his head on.</p> +<p class="poetry"><a name="page30"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +30</span>In those dreadful days, five wicked priests’ heads +shall be sold for a penny.<br /> +Slaughter shall rage to such a degree,<br /> + And infants left by those that are +slain,<br /> +That damsels shall with fear and glee,<br /> + Cry, ‘Mother, mother, +I’ve seen a man!’</p> +<p class="poetry">Between seven, eight, and nine,<br /> +In England wonders shall be seen.<br /> +Between nine and thirteen<br /> +All sorrow shall be done.<br /> + Then rise up Richard, son of +Richard,<br /> +And bless the happy reign,<br /> +Thrice happy he who sees this time to come<br /> + When England shall know rest and +peace again.</p> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<p style="text-align: center"><i>End of the Original +Prophecies</i>.</p> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<h2><a name="page31"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 31</span>THE +FOLLOWING PREDICTIONS<br /> +<span class="GutSmall">OF</span><br /> +ROBERT NIXON<br /> +<span class="GutSmall">ARE COPIED FROM OLD PAMPHLETS.</span></h2> +<p>The famous Cheshire prophet Nixon, besides his prophecies +relative to the fate of private families, also predicted much of +public affairs, which we find literally verified by the +sequel.</p> +<p>On the Christmas before he went to court, being among the +servants at Mr. Cholmondeley’s house, to the surprise of +them all he suddenly started up and said,</p> +<p><a name="page32"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +32</span>“I must prophecy.” He went on, the +favourite <a name="citation32a"></a><a href="#footnote32a" +class="citation">[32a]</a> of a King shall be slain. +“If the master’s neck shall be cleft in twain. +And the men of the North <a name="citation32b"></a><a +href="#footnote32b" class="citation">[32b]</a> shall sell +precious blood; yea their own blood. And they shall +sacrifice a noble warrior <a name="citation32c"></a><a +href="#footnote32c" class="citation">[32c]</a> to the idol, and +hang up his flesh in the high places; and a storm shall come out +of the North, which shall blow down the steeples of the South: +and the labourer shall rise above his lord, and the harvest shall +in part be trampled down by horses, and the remainder lie waste +to be devoured by birds.</p> +<p>“When an oak tree shall be softer than men’s +hearts, then look for better times but they be but beginning.</p> +<p><a name="page33"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +33</span>“The departure of a great man’s <a +name="citation33a"></a><a href="#footnote33a" +class="citation">[33a]</a> soul shall trouble a river hard by, +and overthrow trees, houses, and estates. From that part of +the house from whence the mischief came you must look for the +cure. First comes joy, then sorrow; after mirth comes +mourning.</p> +<p>“I see men, women, and children, spotted <a +name="citation33b"></a><a href="#footnote33b" +class="citation">[33b]</a> like beasts, and their nearest and +dearest friends affrighted at them. I see towns on fire, +and innocent blood shed; but when men and horses walk upon the +water, then shall be peace and plenty to the people, but trouble +is preparing for Kings; and the <i>great yellow fruit</i> <a +name="citation33c"></a><a href="#footnote33c" +class="citation">[33c]</a> shall come over to this country, and +flourish: and I see this tree take deep root and spread into a <a +name="page34"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 34</span>thousand +branches, which shall afterwards be at strife one with another, +because of their numbers: and there shall come a wind from the +South, and the West, which shall shake the tree. I see +multitudes of people running to and fro, and talking in a strange +tongue. And there shall be a famine <a +name="citation34"></a><a href="#footnote34" +class="citation">[34]</a> in the midst of great plenty, and +earthquakes and storms shall level and purify the +earth.”</p> +<p>After these sayings, which every one, with the slightest +knowledge of our history will instantly apply to those events +which they so wonderfully foretold, Nixon was silent, and +relapsed into his wonted stupidity: from which he did not recover +until many weeks after, when he became again inspired, and gave +vent to those remarkable predictions which were recollected by +Mr. <a name="page35"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +35</span>Oldmixon. Those which we have just now related +were taken down from the prophet’s mouth by the steward, in +pursuance of the orders of Mr. Cholmondeley himself; and the +original manuscript is now in the hands of a gentleman in +Shropshire.</p> +<h2><a name="page36"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +36</span>NIXON’S CHESHIRE PROPHECY AT LARGE,<br /> +FROM LADY COWPER’S COPY;<br /> +WITH HISTORICAL AND POLITICAL REMARKS, AND MANY INSTANCES<br /> +WHEREIN IT HAS BEEN FULFILLED.</h2> +<h3>INTRODUCTION.</h3> +<p>This remarkable Prophecy has been carefully revised, +corrected, and improved; also some account given of our author, +Robert Nixon, who was but a kind of idiot, and used to be <a +name="page37"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 37</span>employed in +following the plough. He had lived in some farmers’ +families, and was their drudge and their jest.</p> +<p>At last, Thomas Cholmondeley, of Vale-Royal, Esq., took him +into his house, where he lived when he composed this prophecy, +which he delivered with as much gravity and solemnity as if he +had been an oracle; and it was observed that though the fool was +a driveller, and could not speak common sense when uninspired, +yet in delivering his prophecies, he spoke plainly and sensibly; +how truly will be seen in the following pages.</p> +<p>As to the credit of this prophecy I dare say it is as well +attested as any of Nostradamus’s or Merlin’s, and +will come to pass as well as the best of Squire +Bickerstaff’s; it is plain enough that great men in all +ages had recourse to prophecy as well as the vulgar. I +would not have all grave persons despise the inspiration of +Nixon. The late French King gave audience to an <a +name="page38"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 38</span>inspired +farrier, and rewarded him with an hundred pistoles for his +prophetical intelligence; though by what I can learn he did not +come near our Nixon for gifts.</p> +<p>The simplicity, the circumstances, and the history of the +Cheshire Prophecy are so remarkable that I hope the public will +be as much delighted as I was myself.</p> +<p>By the way, this is not a prophecy of to-day; ’tis as +old as the powder-plot, and the story will make it appear that +there is as little imposture in it as the Jacobites pretend there +is in the person it seems to have an eye to; but whether they are +both impostures alike or not I leave the reader to determine.</p> +<p style="text-align: right"><span class="smcap">J. +Oldmixon</span>.</p> +<h3><a name="page39"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 39</span>THE +PROPHECY.</h3> +<p><span class="smcap">In</span> the reign of King James the +First there lived a man generally reputed a fool, whose name was +Nixon. One day, when he returned home from ploughing, he +laid the things down which he had in his hands, and continued for +some time in a seemingly deep and thoughtful meditation, at +length he pronounced in a loud hoarse voice, ‘Now I will +prophecy;’ and spoke as follows;</p> +<p>“When a raven shall build in a stone lion’s mouth +on the top of a church in Cheshire, then a King of England shall +be driven out of his kingdom, and never return more.</p> +<p>“When an eagle shall sit on the top of the house, then +an heir shall be born to the Cholmondeley family, and this heir +shall live to see England invaded by foreigners, who shall +proceed as far <a name="page40"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +40</span>as a town in Cheshire; but a miller, named Peter, shall +be born with two heels on one foot, and at that time living in a +mill of Mr. Cholmondeley’s he shall be instrumental in +delivering the nation.</p> +<p>“The person who then governs the nation will be in great +trouble, and skulk about:—The invading King shall be +killed, laid across a horse’s back like a calf, and led in +triumph. The miller having been instrumental in it, shall +bring forth the person that then governs the kingdom, and be +knighted for what he has done; and after that England shall see +happy days. A new set of young men, of virtuous manners, +shall come, who shall prosper, and make a flourishing church for +two hundred years.</p> +<p>“As a token of the truth of all this a wall of Mr. +Cholmondeley’s shall fall, if it falls downwards, the +church shall be oppressed, and rise no more; but if it fall +upwards, next the rising <a name="page41"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 41</span>hill on the side of it, then shall it +flourish again. Under this wall shall be found the bones of +a British King.</p> +<p>“A pond shall run with blood three days, and the Cross +stone Pillar in the forest sink so low into the ground, that a +crow from the top of it shall drink of the best blood in +England.</p> +<p>“A boy shall be born with three thumbs, and shall hold +three kings’ horses, while England shall be three times won +and lost in one day.”</p> +<div class="gapshortline"> </div> +<p>The original may be seen in several families in the county, +and in particular in the hands of Mr. Egerton, of Oulton, with +many other remarkable things; as that Peckforton wind-mill should +be removed to Ludington hill and that horses saddled should run +about while their girths rotted away. But this is +sufficient to prove Nixon as great a prophet as Partridge; and <a +name="page42"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 42</span>we shall give +other proofs of it before we have done with him.</p> +<p>I know your prophets are generally for Raw-head and +bloody-bones and therefore do not mind it much; or I might add +that of Oulton mill shall be driven with blood instead of water, +but these soothsayers are great butchers and every hall is with +them a slaughter-house.</p> +<p>Now as for authorities to prove this prophecy to be genuine +and how it has hitherto been accomplished, I might refer myself +to the whole country of Chester, where it is in every one’s +mouth and has been so these forty years. As much as I have +of the manuscript was sent me by a person of sense and veracity +and as little partial to visions as any body. For my own +part I build nothing on this or any other prophecy; only there is +something so very odd in the story and so pat in the wording of +it that I cannot help giving it as I found it.</p> +<p><a name="page43"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 43</span>The +family of the Cholmondeleys is very ancient in this county and +takes its name from a place so called near Nantwich; there are +also Cholmton and Cholmondeston; but the seat of that branch of +the family which kept our prophet Nixon is at Vale-Royal, on the +river Weave in Delamere forest. It was formerly an abbey, +<a name="citation43"></a><a href="#footnote43" +class="citation">[43]</a> founded by Edward I. and came to the +Cholmondeleys from the famous family of the Holcrofts. When +Nixon prophesied this family was near being extinct, the heir +having married Sir Walter St. John’s daughter, a lady not +esteemed very young, who, notwithstanding, being with child, fell +in labour and continued so for many days, <a +name="page44"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 44</span>during which +time an eagle sat upon the house-top and flew away when she was +delivered of a son.</p> +<p>A raven is also known to have built in a stone lion’s +mouth in the steeple of the church of Over, in the forest of +Delamere. Not long before the abdication of King James the +wall spoken of fell down and fell upwards and in removing the +rubbish were found the bones of a man of more than ordinary +size. A pond at the same time ran with water that had a +reddish tincture and was never known to have done so before or +since.</p> +<p>Headless cross in the forest, which in the memory of man was +several feet high, is now only half a foot from the ground.</p> +<p>In the parish of Budworth a boy was born about eighteen years +ago with three thumbs; the youth is still living there and the +miller Peter lives in Noginshire mill in expectation of +fulfilling this prophecy on the person of <a +name="page45"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 45</span>Perkin: he +hath also two heels on one foot and I find he intends to make use +of them in the interest of King George, for he is a bold Briton +and a loyal subject, zealous for the Protestant succession in the +illustrious House of Hanover, has a vote for the knights of the +shire and never fails to give it on the right side: in a word, +Peter will prate or box for the good cause that Nixon had lifted +him in and if he does not do the business, this must be said of +him, that no man will bid fairer for it; which the Lady Egerton +was so apprehensive of, that wishing well to another restoration, +she often instigated her husband to turn him out of the mill; but +he looked upon it as whimsical and so Peter still continues +there, in hopes of being as good a knight as Sir Philip his +landlord was.</p> +<p>Of this Peter I have been told, that the Lady Narcliff of +Chelsea and the Lady St. John of Battersea, together with several +other persons of credit and <a name="page46"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 46</span>fashion, have often been heard to +talk and that they all asserted their knowledge of the truth of +our prophecy and its accomplishment, with many particulars that +are more extraordinary than any I have yet mentioned.</p> +<p>The noise of Nixon’s Predictions reaching the ears of +King James the First, he would needs see this fool, who cried and +made ado that he might not go to court and the reason that he +gave was, that he should there be <span +class="GutSmall">STARVED</span>.—(A very whimsical fancy of +his, courts not being places where people are used to starve in, +when they once come there, whatever they may have done +before.)—The King being informed of Nixon’s refusing +to come, said he would take particular care that he should not be +starved and ordered him to be brought up. Nixon cried out, +that he was sent for again; and soon after the messenger arrived, +who brought him up from Cheshire.</p> +<p>How or whether he prophecied to his <a name="page47"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 47</span>Majesty, no person can tell; but he +is not the first fool that has made a good court prophet.</p> +<p>That Nixon might be well provided for it was ordered that he +should be kept in the kitchen, where he grew so troublesome in +licking and picking the meat, that the cooks locked him up in a +hole; and the King going on a sudden from Hampton Court to London +in their hurry they forgot the fool and he was really starved to +death.</p> +<p>There are a great many passages of this fool-prophet’s +life and sayings transmitted in tradition from father to son in +this county palatine; as, that when he lived with a farmer before +he was taken into Mr. Cholmondeley’s family, he goaded an +ox so cruelly that one of the ploughmen threatened to beat him +for abusing his master’s beast—Nixon said, “My +master’s beast will not be his three days.” A +life in an estate dropping in at that time, the lord of the manor +took the same ox for a <a name="page48"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 48</span>heriot. This account whimsical +and romantic as it is was told to the Lady Cowper in the year +1670, by Dr. Patrick late Bishop of Ely then chaplain to Sir +Walter St. John; and that lady had the following further +particulars relating to this prophecy and the fulfilling of many +parts of it from Mrs. Chute, sister to Mrs. Cholmondeley of +Vale-Royal, who affirmed that a multitude of people gathered +together to see the eagle before-mentioned and the bird was +frightened from her young; that she herself was one of them and +the cry among the people was, Nixon’s prophecy is fulfilled +and we have a foreign King. She declared that she read over +the prophecy many times when her sister was with child of the +heir who now enjoys the estate. She particularly remembers +that King James the Second was plainly pointed at and that it was +foretold he should endeavour to subvert the laws and religion of +this kingdom, for which <a name="page49"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 49</span>reason they would rise and turn him +out: that the eagle of which Nixon prophecied perched in one of +the windows all the time her sister was in labour. She says +it was the biggest bird she ever saw; that it was in a deep snow +and it perched on the edge of a great bow-window, which had a +large border on the outside and that she and many others opened +the window to try to scare it away, but it would not stir till +Mrs. Cholmondeley was delivered; after which it took flight to a +great tree over against the room her sister lay in, where having +stayed about three days it flew away in the night. She +affirmed further to the Lady Cowper, that the falling of the +garden wall was a thing not to be questioned, it being in so many +people’s memory that it was foretold that the heir of +Vale-Royal should live to see England invaded by foreigners and +that he should fight bravely for his King and Country: that the +miller <a name="page50"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +50</span>mentioned is now alive and expects to be knighted and is +in the very mill that is foretold: that he should kill two +invaders who should come in, the one from the West and the other +from the North: that he from the North should bring with him of +all nations, Swedes, Danes, Germans, and Dutch; and that in the +folds of his garments he should bring fire and famine, plague and +murder: that many great battles should be fought in England, one +upon London-bridge, which should be so bloody, that people will +ride in London streets up to their horses’ bellies in +blood; that several other battles should be fought up and down +most parts of Cheshire; and that the last that ever would be +fought in England should be on Delamere forest: that the heir of +Oulston, whose name is E— and has married Earl +Cholmondeley’s sister, should be hanged up at his own +gate.</p> +<p>Lastly, Nixon foretells great glory <a name="page51"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 51</span>and prosperity to those who stand up +in defence of their laws and liberties; and ruin and misery to +those who should betray them. He says, the year before this +would happen, bread corn would be very dear and that the year +following more troubles should begin which would last three +years; that the first would be moderate, the second bloody, and +the third intolerable; that unless they were shortened no mortal +could bear them; and that there were no mischiefs but what poor +England would feel at that time. But that GEORGE the SON of +GEORGE, <a name="citation51"></a><a href="#footnote51" +class="citation">[51]</a> should put an end to all. That +afterwards the church should flourish, and England be the most +glorious nation on earth.</p> +<p>Lady Cowper was not content to take these particulars from +Mrs. Chute, but she enquired of Sir Thomas Aston, of the truth of +this prophecy and he <a name="page52"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 52</span>attested it was in great reputation +in Cheshire and that the facts were known by every one to have +happened as Nixon said they would; adding, that the morning +before the garden wall fell, his neighbour Mr. Cholmondeley, +going to ride out a hunting, said “Nixon seldom fails but +now I think he will; for he foretold that this day my garden wall +would fall and I think it looks as if it would stand these forty +years;” that he had not been gone above a quarter of an +hour before the wall split and fell upwards against the rising of +the hill, which as Nixon would have it, was the presage of a +flourishing church.</p> +<p>As to the removal of Peckforton-mill, it was done by Sir John +Crew, the mill having lost its trade there, for which he ordered +it to be set upon Ludington hill; and being asked if he did it to +fulfil the prophecy, he declared he never thought of it. I +myself have inquired of a person who knows <a +name="page53"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 53</span>Mr. +Cholmondeley’s pond as well as Rosamond’s in St. +James’s Park and he assured me the falling of the wall and +the pond running blood, (as they call it) are facts which in +Cheshire any one would be reckoned mad for making the least +question of them. As there are several particulars in this +prophecy which remain unfulfilled; so when they come to pass, +some other circumstances may be added, which are not convenient +to be told until accomplished.</p> +<p>If I had a mind to look into the antiquities of this county, I +might find that prodigies and prophecies are no unusual things +there. Camden tells us that at Brereton not many miles from +Vale-Royal which gave name to a famous, ancient, numerous, and +knightly family, there is a thing as strange as that of the +eagle, or the falling of the wall, which he says was attested to +him by many persons and was commonly believed; that before any +heir <a name="page54"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 54</span>of +this family dies there are seen, in a lake adjoining the bodies +of trees swimming upon the water for several days together. +He likewise adds that near the abbey of St. Maurice in Burgundy +there is a fish-pond in which a number of fish are put equal to +the number of monks of that place; and if any one of them happens +to be sick, there is a fish seen floating on the surface of the +water; and in case the fit of sickness proves fatal to the monk, +the fish foretells it by its death some days before. This +the learned Camden relates in his description of Cheshire and the +opinion of the trees swimming in the lake near Brereton, prevails +all about the county to the present day, only with this +difference, that some say it is one log only that swims and some +say many.</p> +<p>Lancashire, which is not far off, has been famous for witches +and I am afraid Cheshire is a little infected by its +neighbourhood. Those that will <a name="page55"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 55</span>not believe our prophecy may leave it +alone; but if hope is a good help to faith, I shall not be long +among the incredulous.</p> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<p><a name="page56"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 56</span><i>The +Editor presents his Readers with a Copy of a printed Paper</i>, +<i>which several aged Persons</i>, <i>residing near the +Forest</i>, <i>have vouched for the Authenticity of</i>.</p> +<h2>A true and particular Account of a strange and surprising +Vision, that was seen in the Forest of Delamere, in Cheshire, on +the 4th of last Month.</h2> +<p><span class="smcap">As</span> Nixon, in the reign of King +James the First, prophesied of many strange and wonderful things +that should come to pass, such as an heir being born to Lord +Cholmondeley’s which at that time there was little reason +to expect, but which came to pass; and that the eldest son or +young Lord Cholmondeley should have the misfortune to break his +neck by riding a hunting, which accident really did happen; <a +name="page57"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 57</span>and several +other things already come to pass according to the said prophecy, +but, in particular, of a wonderful battle or engagement that +should be fought in the forest of Delamere; and as it is now +fully expected that we shall have an invasion from our natural +and inveterate enemies the French, it is also thought it will be +in the North of England and in all probability the said Forest of +Delamere may be the place of action or engagement: and what +strengthens the belief more is the vision that was seen in the +said forest on the 4th, as follows:</p> +<p>As two ancient persons were walking over the said Forest, to +their great surprise, they saw at a distance before them an army +rise out of the ground drawn up with their proper officers and +their commanders in front of them, and whilst they were looking +at and ruminating upon so strange a sight, to their most +wonderful surprise and amazement there arose also <a +name="page58"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 58</span>another army +out of the ground, at a small distance from the first, and +farther in the forest, which army was headed or commanded by a +man in royal apparel, who, after having drawn up his army, +marched to meet and engage the first; upon which a most bloody +battle ensued with firearms, and many appeared to be killed on +both sides; but, being so near each other, they laid down or +grounded their arms and took to their swords, with which great +slaughter was made; and then came to such close quarters that +they put up their swords and fought with their hands; all of +which engagements continued more than three quarters of an hour, +during which time the said two ancient people were spectators; +and at last the remains of the army that first appeared retreated +towards the sea, and vanished directly out of their sight; whilst +the other army which was commanded by the man in royal apparel +marched <a name="page59"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +59</span>victorious out of the field as far as it was possible to +see them. These ancient people having spoken of the above +vision it came to the ears of several gentlemen, who sent for, +and examined them concerning the truth of it, which they were +ready to make oath of for their satisfaction.</p> +<p>On the 6th of the same month, as seven men were going to +Cheshire over the said forest, about the middle of it they saw to +their astonishment, a vision much resembling that which was on +the sixth as above described; only with this addition that the +victorious army had many slain to all appearance, yet they +resumed life again and joined their own army; all which is looked +upon as a good omen, that if in case England is invaded by her +enemies though the nation be seemingly dead and in great +division, yet on the approach of the enemy they will all in one +general heart and one mind exert <a name="page60"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 60</span>themselves to repel our most +inveterate enemies.</p> +<p>As Nixon’s Prophecies are by some persons thought +fables, yet by what has come to pass it is now thought and very +plainly appears that most of them have or will prove true; for +which reason we have all occasion not only to exert our utmost +might to repel by force our enemies, but to return from our +abandoned and wicked course of life, and make our continual +prayers to God for protection and safety.</p> +<h2><a name="page61"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +61</span>PROPHECY<br /> +<span class="GutSmall">OF THE</span><br /> +FRENCH REVOLUTION,<br /> +<span class="GutSmall">FROM A PUBLICATION BY</span><br /> +THE LATE MR. PETER JURIEU,<br /> +IN 1687.</h2> +<blockquote><p style="text-align: center">Rev. xi. 13.</p> +<p><i>And the same hour there was a great earthquake</i>, <i>and +the tenth part of the city fell</i>, <i>and in the earthquake +were slain of men seven thousand</i>, <i>and the remnant were +affrighted</i>, <i>and gave glory to God</i>.</p> +</blockquote> +<p><span class="smcap">Now</span> what is the tenth part of the +city which shall fall? in my opinion we <a +name="page62"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 62</span>cannot doubt +that it is France. This kingdom is the most considerable +part or piece of the ten horns, or states, which once made up the +great Babylonian city: it fell; this does not signify that the +French Monarchy shall be ruined: it may be humbled; but in all +appearance Providence does design a great elevation for her +afterwards. ’Tis highly probable that God will not +let go unpunished the horrible outrages which it acts at this +day. Afterward, it must build its greatness upon the ruins +of the papal empire and enrich itself with the spoils of those +who shall take part with the papacy. They who at this day +persecute the protestants know not whither God is leading them: +this is not the way by which he will lead France to the height of +glory. If she comes thither it is because she shall shortly +change her road. Her greatening will be no damage to +protestant states; on the contrary, the protestant states shall +be enriched with <a name="page63"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +63</span>the spoil of others and be strengthened by the fall of +Antichrist’s empire. This tenth part of the city +shall fall, with respect to the papacy; it shall break with Rome +and the Roman religion. One thing is certain, that the +Babylonian empire shall perish through the refusal of obedience +by the ten Kings, who had given their power to the beast. +This thing is already come to pass in part. The kingdoms of +Sweden, Denmark, England and several sovereign States in Germany +have withdrawn themselves from the jurisdiction of the +Pope. They have spoiled the harlot of her riches. +They have eaten her flesh, i.e. seized on her benefices, and +revenues, which she had in their countries. This must go on +and be finished as it is begun. The Kings who yet remain +under the empire of Rome must break with her, leave her solitary +and desolate.</p> +<p>But who must begin this last revolt? it is most probable that +France <a name="page64"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +64</span>shall. Not Spain, which as yet is plunged in +superstition and is as much under the tyranny of the clergy as +ever. Not the Emperor, who in temporal matters is subject +to the Pope and permits that in his states the Archbishop of +Strigonium should teach that the Pope can take away the Imperial +crown from him. It cannot be any country but France, which +a long time ago hath begun to shake off the yoke of Rome. +’Tis well known how solemnly and openly war hath been +declared against the Pope by a declaration of the King (ratified +in all the parliaments) by the decisions of the assembly of the +French Clergy, by a disputation against the authority of the +Pope, managed in the Sorbonne, solemnly and by order of the +court. And to heighten the affront the theses were posted +up even upon the gates of his Nuncio. Nothing of this kind +had hitherto happened at least in a time of peace and <a +name="page65"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 65</span>unless the +Pope had given occasion by his insolence.</p> +<p>Besides this superstition and idolatry lose their credit much +in France.—There is a secret party, though well enough +known, which greatly despiseth the popular devotions, images, +worship of saints, and is convinced that these are human +inventions: God is beforehand preparing for his great work.</p> +<p>To this it may be objected that for the last hundred and fifty +years the Pope’s empire hath not been made up of ten Kings, +because the Kings of England, Sweden, Denmark, etc., have thrown +off his government; and consequently, France is not at this day +the tenth part of the Babylonian empire; for it is more than a +tenth part of it. But this is no difficulty; for we must +know, that things retain the names which they bore in their +original (without regarding the alterations which time does bring +along.) Though at this day there are not ten kingdoms <a +name="page66"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 66</span>under the +Babylonian empire, it is, notwithstanding, certain, that each +kingdom was called, and ought to be called in this prophecy, the +tenth part, because the prophet having described this empire in +its beginning, by its ten horns, or ten kings, it is necessary +for our clear understanding, that every one of these Kings and +kingdoms, should be called one of the ten Kings, or of ten +kingdoms, with respect to the original constitution of the +Antichristian empire.</p> +<p>Seeing the tenth part of the city that must fall, is France, +this gives me some hopes that the death of the two witnesses hath +a particular relation to this kingdom. It is the street or +place of this city, i.e. the most fair and eminent part of +it. The witnesses must remain dead upon the street and upon +it they must be raised again. And as the death of the +witnesses and their resurrection have a relation to the kingdom +of France, it may well <a name="page67"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 67</span>fall out, that we may not be far +distant from the time of the resurrection of the witnesses, +seeing the three years and a half of their death are either +begun, or will begin shortly.</p> +<p>And in the earthquake were slain seven thousand; in the Greek +it is seven thousand names of men, and not seven thousand +men. I confess that this seems somewhat mysterious: in +other places we find not this phrase, names of men, but simply +men. Perhaps there is a figure of grammar, called +<i>hypolage casus</i>, so that names of men are put for men of +name, i.e. of raised and considerable quality, be it on account +of riches, or of dignity, or of learning. But I am more +inclined to say, that here these names of men, must be taken in +their natural signification and do intimate that the total +Reformation of France shall not be made with bloodshed, nothing +shall be destroyed but names; such as are the names of Monks, of +Carmelites, of <a name="page68"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +68</span>Augustines, of Dominicans, of Jacobins, of Franciscans, +Capuchins, Jesuits, Minimes and an infinite company of others, +whose number it is not easy to define and which the Holy Ghost +denotes by the number seven, which is the number of perfection, +to signify that the orders of monks and nuns shall perish for +ever. This is an institution so degenerated from its first +original, that it is become the ruin of Antichrist. These +orders cannot perish one without the other.</p> +<p>These great events deserve to be distinguished from all +others; for they have changed, or shall change, <span +class="GutSmall">THE WHOLE FACE OF THE WORLD</span>.</p> +<h2><a name="page69"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +69</span>EXTRACTS<br /> +<span class="GutSmall">FROM</span><br /> +SERMONS<br /> +<span class="GutSmall">BY</span><br /> +DR. JOHN GILL.</h2> +<p><span class="smcap">There</span> are some times fixed in +prophecy, which by diligence, attention, and application men may +arrive to some understanding of. There are indeed some +times and seasons, the knowledge of which is not to be attained +unto; and it would be wrong, as well as in vain, curiously to +search into them. <i>It is not for us to know the times or +the seasons</i>, <i>which the Father hath put in his own +power</i>; for <a name="page70"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +70</span>he has <i>determined the times before appointed</i>, +when every thing that he has purposed or promised shall come to +pass; and he has fixed a <i>time for every purpose under the +heaven</i>, for the performance of every thing he has designed +shall be; <i>a time to be born</i>, <i>and a time to die</i>, and +for every intermediate event; but these times are not known +beforehand, until things are brought into execution. There +are others and very remarkable events, the times of which are +pointed at in prophecy; and which with diligence and application, +a knowledge of them may in some measure be attained unto: as for +instance, the first coming of Christ into this world to save men: +the time for it was not only agreed upon and settled between the +Father and the Son, called <i>the fulness of time</i>, but there +were several prophetic hints of it; nay, not only was it +described by some general circumstances, as that it should be +before the second temple <a name="page71"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 71</span>was destroyed, since he was to come +into it and while the sceptre was in the tribe of Judah; but the +precise time was fixed by Daniel’s seventy weeks, or four +hundred years, which were to commence from a date given him; and +before the expiration of which the Messiah was to come: and so as +he by reading Jeremiah’s books knew the time when the +Babylonish captivity should end; another by reading his +prophecies might know when the Messiah would come; and +accordingly about the time when those weeks were drawing near to +an expiration, there were many that were looking for the Messiah +and redemption by him, as knowing that it was about the time by +these weeks that he should come. There is a time set for +the second coming and God in his times will show him, or cause +him openly to appear; and though he will come in an hour we know +not of, yet there are some circumstances pointed out in the <a +name="page72"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 72</span>word of God +by which it may be known that it is nigh at hand; as that the day +when the Son of man shall be revealed shall be as the days of +Noah and Lot, when men indulged themselves in pleasure, lived in +great security, unaware of the ruin coming upon them; and that +when the Son of man cometh, faith will not be found in the earth; +whether this be understood of the grace or doctrine of faith, or +of faith with respect to Christ’s coming: and when we +compare these things with the present times, and consider the +luxury, love of pleasure, carnal security and infidelity that +abound among us, we might conclude that the coming of Christ is +just at hand, were it not that there are many things which +require time yet to be fulfilled previous to it, as the +destruction of Antichrist, the conversion of the Jews, and the +bringing in of the fulness of the Gentiles. So the last +judgment which will take place at the second <a +name="page73"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 73</span>coming of +Christ, and is most certain, being early known and often spoken +of. Enoch, the seventh from Adam, prophecied of it, and of +Christ’s coming to it; the day is appointed when it will +come on, though of that day and hour knoweth no man, not the +angels in heaven, but the Father only: but then the principal +things that should come to pass, relative to the church, between +the first and second coming of Christ to judgment, are signified +to us in the book of the Revelation.</p> +<p style="text-align: right"><i>Sermon from</i> 1 <i>Chron.</i> +xii. 32,<br /> +<i>preached Jan.</i> 1, 1752.</p> +<p>The destruction of Antichrist is the grand leading event to +the glories of this state. This is hinted at in the epistle +to the church at Philadelphus, the emblem of the spiritual reign; +it will be the last struggle of the beast that will cause that +<i>hour of temptation which shall come upon all the world to +try</i> <a name="page74"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +74</span>the inhabitants of it: when the seventh trumpet will be +sounded, which will bring on the spiritual kingdom of Christ +throughout the world, he will destroy them which destroy the +earth; meaning the Papists, who have destroyed the inhabitants of +the earth with their false doctrine, superstitious worship, and +with those bloody wars, murders, and massacres they have been at +the bottom of. And till this is done the spiritual reign +cannot take place, especially in its full compass, and in all its +branches, for so long as Antichrist reigns, the church will be +more or less in an afflicted state: the date of the +church’s troubles, and of the reign of Antichrist are +alike, and will expire together: the power given to the beast is +to continue forty and two months; wherefore there can be no truly +good and happy days, till these dates are ended.</p> +<p>The destruction of Antichrist will be by the spirit of +Christ’s mouth, and the <a name="page75"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 75</span>brightness of his coming; that is, by +his coming in a spiritual way; or through the word of his mouth, +his gospel attended by his spirit and power; which will shine out +with so much lustre, splendour, light, and glory, as will chase +away the darkness of popery, and enlighten the minds of people, +to see into all the fopperies, absurdities, and wickedness of +that religion and cause them to cast it off: yea, even to open +the eyes of the kings and princes of the earth, to behold and +loath the abominations of the whore of Rome they have committed +fornication with; and fill them with wrath and indignation +against her, as to hate her, make her bare and desolate, and burn +her with fire.</p> +<p>This work will be greatly effected by the pouring out of the +seven vials of God’s wrath, or the inflicting the seven +last plagues upon the anti-Christian states, upon the western and +eastern Antichrist, the Pope and Turk; who <a +name="page76"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 76</span>must be both +removed to make way for the spiritual reign of Christ. +These seven vials will be poured out, or those plagues inflicted +by Angels; by whom we are to understand protestant kings, and +princes, and generals of armies; and these will be given them by +one or the first of the four beasts, or living creatures, the +emblems of gospel ministers; who having some notice of the time +of antichrist’s destruction being at hand, will stir and +animate the christian princes and potentates to take this work in +hand; and who are therefore said to go forth from the temple, the +church, the place of divine and spiritual worship, and where they +themselves are worshippers; and from whence they have orders to +go forth and do their work.</p> +<p>The first five of these vials concern the western Antichrist, +and his dominions: between which, and the trumpets, there is a +great correspondence, though they respect different times and <a +name="page77"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +77</span>persons. The first vial will be poured out upon +the earth, and designs those popish countries which are upon the +continent, as France and Germany, especially the latter; and as +the first trumpet brought the Goths into Germany, so the first +vial will bring great distress upon the popish party in the +empire, and issue in a reformation from popery. The second +vial will be poured out upon the sea, and may intend the maritime +powers belonging to the see of Rome, particularly Spain and +Portugal; and as the second trumpet brought the Vandals into +these places, so this vial will effect the same, and bring wars +and desolations into them, and make a change in their +religion. The third vial will be poured out upon the rivers +and fountains of water, which may point to those places adjacent +to Rome, as Italy and Savoy; and as the third trumpet brought the +Huns into those parts; so this vial will bring in large armies +hither, which will <a name="page78"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +78</span>cause much bloodshed, and a great revolution in church +and state. The fourth vial will be poured out upon the sun, +which must denote some person or persons of great dignity and +influence, and as the fourth trumpet brought destruction upon the +Emperor of Rome, the sun of the empire, and upon governors under +him, signified by the moon and stars; this vial will bring on the +ruin of the pope of Rome, the sun of the antichristian empire, +with all his cardinals, bishops, priests, etc. The fifth +vial will be poured out upon the seat of the beast, which is +Rome, the seat that the devil gave to the beast, and will produce +great darkness in his kingdom; though as yet it will not be +utterly destroyed, which is reserved to the seventh vial. +Now these several vials as they will be so many plagues on the +western Antichrist, and make so many breaches and ruins upon his +states and dominions, so they will be so many gradual steps to +the <a name="page79"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +79</span>advancement of the glory and kingdom of Christ, and +issue in the reformation of these places from popery. The +sixth vial will be poured out on the river Euphrates, which +designs the Turkish empire, in the midst of which that river is; +and as the sixth trumpet let loose the four angels, or heads of +the Ottoman family into Europe, so this vial affects the same +empire and brings destruction on it, signified by the drying up +of the waters of that river, as Babylon’s destruction is +expressed by the drying up of her sea, Jer. li. 36, which will +make way for the king, or kingdoms of the East; the kingdoms of +Persia and Tartary and others, to receive and embrace the +Christian religion: this is the second, or Turkish woe, which +shall pass away; when the kingdoms of this world will become +Christ’s and his dominion will be from sea to sea, from the +Mediterranean Sea to the Persian Sea; and from the river +Euphrates to <a name="page80"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +80</span>the ends of the earth. The seventh vial will be +poured out upon the air, the whole kingdom of Satan, in all the +branches of it, who is the prince of the power of the air; and +this vial will clear the whole world of all the remains of +Christ’s enemies, pagan, papal, and Mahometon, which the +other vials left or did not reach; and now will Christ’s +kingdom be in its full glory. Now the heathens, papists, +pagans and Mahometans, will perish out of this land and these +sorts of sinners will be consumed out of the earth and such +wicked ones will be no more.</p> +<p>God will make a short work in righteousness, upon the enemies +of his church: as yet I take it, none of them are poured out, +though some great and learned men have so thought; as yet there +have been no such devastations on the continent, as in France and +Germany, as to produce the above effects; nor in the countries of +Spain and Portugal; nor in Italy and Savoy, <a +name="page81"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 81</span>and like the +places near Rome, nor in the seat of the beast, Rome itself; nor +on the Pope and his cardinals; the river Euphrates is not dried +up; the Ottoman empire is yet in being; the Turkish woe is not +passed away; and much less the world cleared of all the enemies +of Christ and his church; no, before this work is done, the outer +court must be given to the Gentiles, and the witnesses must be +slain. Had they begun to be poured out at the time of the +reformation, as some have thought, in all likelihood they would +have been finished before now; and Antichrist would have been +destroyed, and better times than we are now in would have +succeeded; but, however, this we may be assured of, that as the +plagues in Egypt issued in the destruction of Pharaoh, and in the +deliverance of the Israelites, so these vials will end in the +ruin of Antichrist, and in the salvation of the church of +Christ. As soon as these things will take place, <a +name="page82"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 82</span>nay, as soon +as you hear of those seven plagues, immediately you hear of +persons on a sea of glass, triumphing over Antichrist, having the +harps of God, and singing the song of Moses and the Lamb: and no +sooner it is said, that Babylon is fallen, but voices are heard +in heaven ascribing salvation, glory, honour and power to God, +for his judgments on the great whore; declaring that the Lord God +omnipotent reigneth; that the marriage of the Lamb is come; and +his bride made ready; and proclaiming them happy that are called +to the marriage-supper of the Lamb; all which respect the +spiritual reign of Christ, now introduced by the ruin of +Antichrist.</p> +<p>There will be very large conversions every where, in the +several parts of the world: in all popish countries and +antichristian states; even the ten kings that have given their +kingdoms to the beast, have been associates of Antichrist and +reigned with him, shall <a name="page83"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 83</span>withdraw from him; they and their +subjects shall revolt from him, and be converted, and embrace the +pure gospel: as it will be the christian princes and potentates +that will pour out the seven vials on Antichrist, they will carry +the gospel with them wherever they go; or, however, the ministers +of it will follow closely at their heels, way being made by the +former for them; whose ministry will meet with great success +every where, and those that escape the judgments of God in these +nations, will not only be affrighted at them, but will be truly +converted by the gospel and give glory to the God of +heaven. In the Mahometan nations, the Turkish woe being +past and that empire being destroyed and way made for the gospel +to be carried into the eastern kingdoms, great and large +conversions will be made by it; there is a most glaring prophecy +of this in Isa. lx. 7., which whole chapter concerns the +spiritual and personal <a name="page84"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 84</span>reign of Christ; all the flocks of +Kedar shall be gathered together unto thee, the rams of Nebaioth +shall minister unto thee; they shall come up with acceptance on +mine altar and I will glorify the house of my glory. Now +Kedar and Nebaioth were the sons of Ishmael, Gen. xxv. 13., who +settled in Arabia, the country now possessed by the Turks; so +that this is a prophecy of the conversion of multitudes in those +parts, whereby the interest of Christ will be increased and his +church glorified. Moreover, in all Pagan countries the +gospel will make its way, and be successful; the covering and +veil of blindness and ignorance, cast and spread over all people +and nations, will be removed by it; not only the darkness of +popery and Mahometanism, but the gross darkness of paganism shall +flee away at the light and brightness of Zion’s rising; the +Gentiles shall come to it; the fulness and forces of them shall +be brought <a name="page85"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +85</span>into the church, being converted by the word: and not +only vast multitudes of the common people but great personages +also; kings shall be enlightened by it; these shall come to +Christ, fall down before him and worship him; these shall come +into his church and become members of it; kings shall be nursing +fathers and queens nursing mothers to his people; they shall +bring their riches, honour, and glory into his house; and his +saints shall suck the breasts of kings, be enriched, honoured and +protected by them. This will be the time when the kingdom +and dominion and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole +heaven shall be given to the people of the saints of the Most +High; not that there will be any change or alteration in the form +and order of civil government, which will be the same as now; +there will be kings and queens then, as at this time, as these +prophecies show, it will not be until the personal <a +name="page86"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 86</span>reign of +Christ takes place, that all rule, authority and power, will be +put down: civil magistracy in the spiritual reign will continue +as it is; only it will change hands, it will be entirely in the +hands of christian kings and princes all the world over; and no +doubt but it will be better exercised, be more orderly and +regular; and that truth and righteousness will prevail every +where. But I must not forget the conversion of that +considerable body of people the Jews, who have been preserved a +distinct people for several hundreds of years for this purpose; +the conversion of these people will be sudden and of them +altogether a nation shall be born at once. It looks as if +their conversion would be like that of the apostle Paul, and he +seems to hint that it will, when he says, that he, in obtaining +mercy, was a pattern to them which should hereafter believe; +meaning, perhaps, his own countrymen that should believe <a +name="page87"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 87</span>in Christ in +the latter day, whose conversion would be similar to his; that as +his conversion was sudden, in the midst of all his ignorance, +unbelief, and rebellion, and without the word, by the immediate +power and grace of God, so will theirs be in like manner: nor is +it likely that their conversion should be by means of the word, +since there is such an aversion in that people to the hearing of +it; and a rare thing it is to see a Jew in a Christian +assembly. But, however, all Israel shall be called, +converted, and saved; there is a famous prophecy of this in Hos. +iii. 4, 5., in the first of these verses it is said, the children +of Israel shall abide many days without a king and without a +prince; without any civil government of their own, the sceptre +having departed from them many hundred years ago; and without +sacrifice; daily or yearly, or on any occasion: they believing it +to be unlawful to sacrifice any where but in <a +name="page88"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 88</span>their own +land, and at Jerusalem, and on the altar of God there; and +without an image, and without an ephod, and without seraphim; +without any manner of idols, or idol-worship; they being not +addicted to idolatry, since their return from the Babylonish +captivity: and now as all these things are exactly fulfilled in +them, so will in like manner that which follows: afterwards shall +the children of Israel return: by faith and repentance, from +their evil way, from their impenitence and unbelief, and +rejection of the Messiah, and seek the Lord their God, and David +their king; the Messiah, the son of David, their king, as their +own <i>Targum</i> paraphrases it; and shall fear the Lord and his +goodness in the latter days; in the spiritual reign of Christ; +and it is hinted as in the Philadelphian state, Rev. iii. 9, then +will the children of Israel appoint themselves one head, which is +Christ, whom they will own and acknowledge to be their head, +lord, and <a name="page89"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +89</span>king; and they shall come out of the land, or countries +where they are, to their own land, and great shall be the day of +Jezreel: and this will make a considerable part of the glory of +Christ’s spiritual kingdom.</p> +<p>The light of the gospel, both in the preachers and professors +of it, will be very great, clear, and distinct; the light of the +moon, as in the present dispensation to which it may be compared, +shall be as the light of the sun, to which that dispensation +shall be like; and the light of the sun shall be sevenfold, as +the light of seven days: as if the light of seven days were +collected together, and shone out at once; hyperbolical +expressions, setting forth the exceeding greatness of gospel +light in those times: not only the watchmen, ministers of the +word, shall see eye to eye, all truths clearly and distinctly, +but their ideas and sentiments shall be regular and uniform; +there will be an entire harmony and agreement <a +name="page90"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 90</span>between them; +and even private Christians, common members, shall all know the +Lord, and the things of the gospel, in a very clear and +comfortable manner, even from the least of them unto the greatest +of them; when God shall lay Zion’s stones with fair +colours, and her foundation with sapphires, make her windows of +agates, and her gates of carbuncles, and all her borders of +pleasant stones; then all her children shall be taught of God, to +such a degree as they never were before, so clearly, fully and +universally.</p> +<p>Brotherly love, which is now waxed cold, will be in its height +and glory, agreeable to the name of this state, Philadelphia, +which signifies brotherly love: there will be no more +contentions, animosities, and quarrels: Ephraim shall not envy +Judah on account of pre-eminence of office, gifts and grace; and +Judah shall not envy Ephraim, by any haughty or overbearing +carriage, or with wrangling debates and <a +name="page91"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 91</span>opprobrious +language: the two sticks of Ephraim and Judah shall be one in the +hand of the Lord; there will be perfect harmony and love, nothing +to disturb, distress, and make uneasy, or tend to alienate the +affections of one from another; there will be no pricking briars +nor grieving thorns among them; they will be like the first +Christians, of one heart and of one mind, and of one judgment, +all studying to keep the unity of the spirit in the bond of +peace.</p> +<p>Holiness, which becomes the house of God for ever, will now +adorn every member in it; nor will there be such immorality in +the world as at this present time: holiness will be as common as +profaneness is now; in that day there shall be upon the bells of +the horses holiness to the Lord—yea, every pot in Jerusalem +and in Judah, shall be holiness unto the Lord of hosts: Christ +therefore takes his titles in writing to the church at +Philadelphia, the emblem of the spiritual reign, suitable to its +<a name="page92"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 92</span>state; as +truth and holiness shall then prevail, he addresses it thus, +these things saith he that is holy, he that is true; truth and +holiness go together; truth influences the heart, and that the +life and conversation.</p> +<p>There will be great peace and prosperity of all kinds, inward +and outward, spiritual and temporal; in these days of the +Messiah’s spiritual reign, shall the righteous flourish; +and abundance of peace so long as the moon endureth: as the +saints will enjoy great peace of conscience and tranquillity of +mind so they will have nothing to disturb them without; there +will be no more persecution; there will be none to hurt or +destroy in all the Lord’s holy mountain, as there will be +no discord among themselves, so no distress from any enemies, +violence shall no more be heard in their land, nor wasting and +destruction within their border. O happy, halcyon +days! I go on to observe,</p> +<p>There will be a personal appearance <a name="page93"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 93</span>of the Son of God, and a glorious one +it will be: he will personally appear; the Lord himself shall +descend, not by his spirit, or by the communication of his grace, +or by his gracious presence, as before; but in person he will +descend from the third heaven, where he is, in our nature, into +the air, where he will be visible; every eye shall see him, when +he cometh with clouds, or in the clouds of heaven, which will be +his chariot; he will descend on earth et the proper time; and his +feet shall stand on the Mount of Olives; on that spot of ground +from whence he ascended to heaven. Job seems to have this +descent of his in view when he says, he shall stand at the latter +day upon the earth; which seems to respect not so much his first +coming as his second; since it is connected with the resurrection +of the dead.</p> +<p>This appearance of Christ will be a very glorious one: it is +called the <a name="page94"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +94</span>glorious appearing of the great God, and our Saviour +Jesus Christ.</p> +<p>Happy are those that belong to this city, who are +fellow-citizens with the saints, and of the household of God; +whose citizenship is in heaven, and they have a right to enter in +through the gates into the holy city, the new Jerusalem; but +miserable will these be that will be without, for without are +dogs: and then he that is unjust, will be unjust still; and he +that is filthy, will be filthy still; and he that is righteous, +will be righteous still; and he that is holy, will be holy +still.</p> +<p><i>Sermon from Psalm</i> lxxxvii. 3, <i>preached Dec.</i> 27, +1752.</p> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<p><a name="page95"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 95</span><i>An +Extraordinary Prediction relating to the Downfall of the House of +Bourbon and the House of Austria</i>.</p> +<h2>RELATED BY MR. JOHN WESLEY.</h2> +<p>A <span class="smcap">little</span> before the conclusion of +the late war in Flanders, one who came from thence gave us a very +strange relation; I knew not what judgment to form of this, but +waited till John Haim should come over, of whose veracity I could +no more doubt than of his understanding. The account he +gave was this; Jonathan Pyrah was a member of our society in +Flanders, I knew him some years, and knew him to be a man of an +unblameable character. One day he was summoned to appear +before the Board of General Officers; one of them said, What is +this we hear of you? we hear you have turned Prophet, and that +you foretell <a name="page96"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +96</span>the downfall of the bloody house of Bourbon, and the +haughty house of Austria; we should be glad if you were a real +Prophet, and if your prophecies came true; but what sign do you +give to convince us you are so, and that your predictions will +come to pass? He readily answered, Gentlemen, I give you a +sign: to-morrow, at twelve o’clock, you shall have such a +storm of thunder and lightning as you never had before since you +came into Flanders. I give you a second sign: as little as +any of you except any such thing, as little appearance of it as +there is now, you shall have a general engagement with the French +within three days. I give you a third sign: I shall be +ordered to advance in the first line; if I am a false Prophet I +shall be shot dead at the first discharge, but if I am a true +Prophet I shall only receive a musket-ball in the calf of my left +leg. At twelve the <a name="page97"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 97</span>next day there was such thunder and +lightning as they never had in Flanders; on the third day, +contrary to all expectation, was the general battle of Fontenoy; +he was ordered to advance in the first line, and at the very +first discharge he did receive a musket-ball in the calf of his +left leg.</p> +<p>When the war was over he returned to England, but the story +was got here before him, in consequence of which he was sent for +by the countess of Stair, and several other persons of quality, +who were desirous of hearing so surprising an account from his +own mouth. He could not bear so much honour; it quite +turned his brain. In a little time he went stark mad, and +so he continues to this day, living still, as I apprehend, on +Wibsey Moor Side, within a few miles of Bradford.</p> +<p>So much for this military Prophet. Mr. Wesley remarks in +a note that he is since dead; but we are not able to <a +name="page98"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 98</span>ascertain +whether there be any account of him and his predictions in the +papers or other periodical publications of that time. If +any gentleman is in possession of information on this subject, +the intelligence is worth communicating to the public.</p> +<p>Part of this prophecy being fulfilled, the objects in view to +be obtained by a publication are, what was the exact prophecy? +whether the several circumstances mentioned did take place.</p> +<h2><a name="page99"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +99</span>PROPHECIES<br /> +OF<br /> +MOTHER SHIPTON,<br /> +AND<br /> +MARTHA,<br /> +THE GIPSY.</h2> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<p style="text-align: center"><span +class="GutSmall">LONDON:</span><br /> +<span class="GutSmall"><i>PUBLISHED FOR THE +BOOKSELLERS</i></span><span class="GutSmall">.</span></p> +<h2><a name="page103"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +103</span><span class="GutSmall">THE</span><br /> +<span class="GutSmall">LIFE AND PROPHECIES</span><br /> +<span class="GutSmall">OF</span><br /> +MOTHER SHIPTON.</h2> +<p><span class="smcap">In</span> the second year of the reign of +Henry VII., which was the year 1486, there lived a woman called +Agatha Shipton, at a place called Knaresborough, in +Yorkshire. She came of poor parentage, who died and left +her, at the age of fifteen, destitute. After their decease, +she still lived in the old <a name="page104"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 104</span>house; but being now deprived of +those helps she formerly enjoyed, she was obliged to seek relief +from the parish; which she did, but with so much regret and +grief, that she seemed in her begging rather to command alms, +than in a humble manner to desire it.</p> +<p>Satan looked on her poverty to be great, and knowing her evil +inclination (for you must understand that Satan is a good +scholar), and perceiving that she was willing to accept of any +proposition to change her condition, he, one time, as she was +sitting melancholy under a tree by a river side, accosted her in +the form of a very handsome young man. “Pretty +maid,” said he, “why so sad? thy age is too tender +for thy head to be troubled with the cares of the world; come, +tell me what is the matter, and if it lie within <a +name="page105"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 105</span>my power to +assist thee, as I am sure it doth, thou shalt not want a friend +of me.”</p> +<p>Agatha cast up her eyes, and seeing a face so lovely, could +not suspect Satan hid in that comely shape, whereupon, in a +lamentable tone, she expressed all that troubled her, informing +him of her great wants, and that, not knowing how to work, she +could not provide what her necessities required. +“Pish,” said Satan “this is nothing; be ruled +by me, and all shall be well.” She told him she +would. Hereupon, he ordered her to meet him at the same +place the next day, and he would bring some friends along with +him; for he told her he resolved to marry her. She promised +him she would; and accordingly they met. He came riding +upon a stately <a name="page106"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +106</span>horse, with a pillion behind him for his spouse, +attended by a great many gallants (as they appeared), well +mounted, and in a noble equipage.</p> +<p>Satan’s attendants soon conveyed his mistress behind +him; she not in the least doubting the reality of all she +saw.</p> +<p>They needed neither switch nor spur to hasten them forward, +the horses were fiery enough of themselves, and ran with that +swiftness, that the wind could not overtake them in their full +speed: soon they arrived at their journey’s end, where +seemed to be a very stately house, with a pair of great gates, +which, at their approach, was opened by a porter in his livery +gown. Alighting, she went in, where she saw a great many +servants, who seemed, at the sight of her and their master, to +show much respect and obeisance.</p> +<p><a name="page107"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 107</span>Now +did Satan command rich garments to be brought, which she was +immediately clothed with; and being thus richly attired, she was +ushered into a great hall, where was a long table, furnished with +all the varieties the whole world could afford; at the upper end +of which table she was placed, next to her intended husband: all +the rest of the guests placed themselves as they thought +fit. As they had the choicest cheer, so they had the best +of wines, and sweetest music.</p> +<p>Dinner being ended, they fell to dancing; and now Satan told +her he was no mortal, but spirit, immaterial, and not burdened by +a body, nor hindered by any material thing; “So that I can, +when I please, pierce through the earth, and ransack its +treasures, and bring what precious thing I please from thence to +bestow on those that serve <a name="page108"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 108</span>me. I know all rare arts and +sciences, and can teach them to whom I please. I can +disturb the elements, stir up thunders and lightnings, destroy +the best of things which were created for the use of man, and can +appear in what shape or form I please. It will take too +long to describe my power, or tell you what I can do; but I will +only tell thee what thou shalt do. That being done, I will +give thee power to raise hail, tempests, with lightning and +thunder; the winds shall be at thy command, and shall bear thee +whither thou art willing to go, though ever so far off, and shall +bring thee back again when thou hast a mind to return. The +hidden treasures of the earth shall be at thy disposal and +pleasure, and nothing shall be wanting to complete thy happiness +here. Thou shalt, moreover, heal or kill whom thou +pleaseth; <a name="page109"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +109</span>destroy or preserve either man or beast; know what is +passed, and assuredly tell what is to come.” Here +note, by the way, Satan is a liar from the beginning, and will +promise more by ten millions than he knows he is capable of +performing, to the intent that he may ensnare a soul.</p> +<p>This poor ignorant wretch easily believed what this grand +deceiver of mankind told her, and being ravished with the +thoughts of being so highly preferred, she condescended to all +Satan would have her do, whereupon he bid her say after him in +this manner: <i>Raziel ellimiham mir amwish ziragia +Psonthonphanchia Raphaelel have run a tapinot am becaz mitzphecat +jarid cuman hapheah Gabriel Heydon turris dungeonis +philonomostarkes sophecord hankim</i>. After she had +repeated these words after him, he bid her say after <a +name="page110"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 110</span>him again: +<i>Kametzeatuph Odel Pheraz Tumbag in Gall Flemmugen Victow +Denmarkeonto</i>. Having finished his last wicked speech, +which even the chief of his minions understood not, and of which +none but Satan himself can pick out the meaning, it thundered so +horridly that every clap seemed as if the vaulted roof of heaven +had cracked, and was tumbling down on her head; and withal, that +stately palace, which she thought she was then in, vanished in a +thrice; so did her sumptuous apparel: and now her eyes being +opened, she found herself in a dark dolesome wood, a place, +which, from the creation, had scarce ever enjoyed the benefit of +one single sun-beam. Whilst she was thinking in what course +to steer, in order to return, two flaming fiery dragons appeared +before her, tied to a chariot, and as she was <a +name="page111"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 111</span>consulting +with herself what was best to be done, she was insensibly hoisted +into it, and with speed unimaginable, conveyed through the air to +her own poor cottage.</p> +<p>Being come home, the neighbours flocked around her, having +missed her for two or three days, shrewdly suspecting some +mischief had befallen her; but when they beheld her face, they +were all amazed to see such a strange alteration in her +countenance in so short a time! Before she met Satan she +looked healthy, but now that red plumpness had vanished, there +was nothing to be seen but a pale shrivelled skin on her cheek, +which, for want of flesh seemed to fall into her mouth, to be +devoured by her hunger-starved jaws. Those about her, who +were charitable-minded, pitied her, <a name="page112"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 112</span>comforted, and gave her money, +which, with a great deal of disdain and scorn, she threw at them, +saying, she wanted not, nor stood in need of their alms, +“for here,” said she, “is money enough,” +plucking her hand out of her pocket; the people near her +discovered that what was in her hands was nothing else but some +aspen-leaves, and notwithstanding they endeavoured to persuade +her that she was mistaken in supposing that to be money, yet she +would not believe them, so strong a power had Satan gotten over +her already.</p> +<p>In fine, she bid them all begone, for now she began to take +little delight in human society; it was not long that they had +left her, before Satan came in to see her, in the same handsome +young form as he first appeared unto her, telling her that he +came to supply <a name="page113"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +113</span>the company of those she had wisely dismissed; that she +needed not the society of any human creature, for he would not +fail to be constantly with her: always bringing with him what +should not only serve for a bare livelihood, but be her delight, +pleasure, and satisfaction: hereupon, by Satan’s command, +there instantly seemingly appeared a complete noise of music, +with a great variety of dishes of meat of the choicest and most +pleasing sort, which so ravished Agatha that she fell to the +ground in a profound and deep trance. One of the neighbours +coming in at this time, wondered to see Agatha lying on the floor +motionless; however, out of pity, she endeavoured to awaken +Agatha; but using what means she could, it all signified nothing; +she shook and pinched her, yet still <a name="page114"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 114</span>she lay insensible. This woman +being strangely amazed, ran out among the rest of the neighbours, +crying out poor Agatha Shipton was suddenly struck dead, and +desired them to go into the house with her, and be eye-witnesses +of the truth; whereupon several went, and found what this woman +said to be seemingly true; but one wiser than the rest, stooped +down, and perceiving that she breathed, said, “Friends, ye +are all mistaken; Agatha is not dead, but in a trance, or else +she is bewitched.” She had scarcely uttered these +words before Agatha began to stir, and soon after, raising +herself on her legs, cried out in a very distracted tone, +“What do you here, vile wretches! Cannot I enjoy my +pleasures, but ye must be eaves-dropping? Get ye gone, ye +have nothing to do here;” and hereupon she <a +name="page115"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 115</span>fell a +dancing; which they wondered at because they could hear no +music. At length, Agatha turned about, and seeing they were +not gone, said, “If you are resolved thus to disturb me, +and will not go, I will make ye.” This somewhat +affrighted them, for they now verily believed she was a witch, +and as they were hastening away, with all imaginable speed, a +sudden strong wind hoisted them to a great height into the air, +falling all to the ground again without the least harm, the men +were like overgrown goats, with large horns on their heads, and +the women riding on their backs, which sight, as they produced +inexpressible wonder, so amidst their amazement they could not +but burst out into excessive laughter.</p> +<p>This wonderful and unexpected <a name="page116"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 116</span>exploit was instantly noised all +about the country, and occasioned a great resort of people to the +place where Agatha lived; which so perplexed her by their +undesired visits, that she resolved within herself to be revenged +on some of them; which by Satan’s help she effected: one +had a horse that died suddenly, and being opened, there was found +in his stomach fish-hooks and hair, instead of hay and oats; +another going to sit down at table with persons of good quality, +at dinner-time, and thinking himself very spruce and fine, had in +an instant his ruff pulled off his neck, and the seat of a house +of office clapped on in its place: he that sat next to him +breaking out in a great laughter at the sight thereof, was served +a little better, for his hat was invisibly conveyed away, and the +kitchen <a name="page117"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +117</span>pan put on instead thereof; a modest young gentlewoman, +who did sit at the table at that time, and was come on no other +errand but to see this young witch, which was so much talked of, +looking on these two worthy spectacles of laughter, endeavouring +all she could to refrain from laughing, but could not for above a +quarter of an hour: this made them all laugh so extremely, that +the master of the house was alarmed, and being desirous to share +with his guests in their mirth, came running upstairs as fast as +his legs could carry him; when about to enter the door, he could +not, and no wonder, since the oldest man living never saw a +larger pair of horns than he had on his head.</p> +<p>Whilst they were gazing one on another, more than half +distracted, they were reduced to the same condition <a +name="page118"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 118</span>they were +in before; after which there followed a noise, as if a hundred +persons were laughing together, but nothing at all was seen.</p> +<p>These persons fearing something worse might befall them if +they stayed any longer, made all the haste they could to be +gone. Agatha knowing their intent, resolved to take her +farewell of them by serving them one trick more, which was this: +As they were about to mount on horseback, they were pelted with +rotten apples and filth. As they rode through the town, +such as thought they rode singly, were all observed to have +behind them, each man, a deformed old woman; and as their faces +differed all one from another, so did their habits, which were +all tattered and ragged, and patched with a hundred +colours. Fear, shame, <a name="page119"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 119</span>and the hooting of the people, made +them put spurs to their horses, neither did they forbear the +whip, nor anything that might add speed to their horses’ +heels, so that it may be said, they rather flew than rode.</p> +<p>Coming home, they declared what wonderful things they had seen +performed, though by a young one, yet as they believed, the +greatest witch in the world. This news being so generally +spread, came at length to the ears of the justices, who now +thought it high time to question and bring to examination a +person that was so much talked of, and might, if let alone, do a +great deal of mischief. Accordingly two stout fellows were +despatched for her; they soon found her, and nothing daunted by +her witcheries, they resolutely carried her before the justice, +<a name="page120"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 120</span>where +being brought, she, not a jot daunted, told him that she had more +authority than he, and that notwithstanding his power, she could +command one that could overrule him; that she was a princess, and +could have at her back a thousand spirits of the air, and as many +of the earth and water; that she could raise a tempest presently +that should overturn his house about his ears, “and that +you may know it lies not in your power to detain me, three words +will procure my liberty.” Hereupon, she said, +“Updraxi, call Stygician Helluox!” She had +scarce uttered the last word, before there came in a horrid +winged dragon, which immediately took her up, and carried her +away from the amazed justice and the attendants about him, half +dead with fear.</p> +<p><a name="page121"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 121</span>This +so affrighted all that heard of it, that none would undertake to +meddle with her more, so that she had a considerable time of +respite. But she now began to be more admired than before, +being discovered to be enceinte. The people could not tell +what to think, or who could be the father. While people +were generally passing their verdict on Agatha, she was once +taken and brought before a justice, and amongst other questions, +was asked, whether she was enceinte? She acknowledged it; +nay, further, that the father was no mortal wight. The +justice gave no credit to what she said, as looking on her as an +ignorant seduced woman; and so asked her what bail she could +produce, intending to defer the business until she was +delivered. In this very nick of time, two <a +name="page122"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 122</span>gentlemen, +as they appeared by their habits, voluntarily proffered +themselves, but as soon as accepted for bail, vanished; however, +Agatha had permission to go home.</p> +<p>In course of time was born, Mother Shipton, which proved the +conclusion of her miserable life. But her entry into the +world was such a terror to all that beheld her, that several +credible person then presented, have several times confessed that +they have never beheld the like: such strange and horrible +noises, that the persons about her could scarcely find so much +courage in themselves as to continue in the place where she was; +much less when they beheld the strange and unparalleled +physiognomy of the child, which was so misshapen, that it is +altogether impossible to express it <a name="page123"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 123</span>fully in words, or the most +ingenious to describe her in colours, though many persons of +eminent qualifications in that art have often attempted it, but +without success; therefore, according to the best observations of +her, take this true, though not full, account of her features and +body. She was of an indifferent height, but very morose and +big-boned; her head very long, with very great goggling, but +sharp and fiery eyes; her nose of an incredible and +unproportionable length, having in it many crooks and turnings, +adorned with many strange pimples of divers colours, as red and +blue mixed, which, like vapours of brimstone, gave such a lustre +to the affrighted spectators in the dead time of the night, that +one of them confessed several times, that her nurse needed no +other light to assist her in the <a name="page124"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 124</span>performance of her duty: her cheeks +were of a black swarthy complexion, much like a mixture of the +black yellow jaundice, wrinkled, shrivelled and very hollow; +insomuch that as the ribs of her body, so the impression of her +teeth was easily to be discerned though both sides of her face, +answering one side to the other, like the notches in a valley, +excepting only two of them, which stood quite out of her mouth, +in imitation of the tusks of a wild boar, or tooth of an +elephant, a thing so strange in an infant, that no age can +parallel: her chin was of the same complexion as her face, +turning up her mouth; and shrieks being heard from an unknown +cause, as if there had been more than an ordinary correspondence +between her teeth and it. Her neck was so strangely +distorted, that her right shoulder was <a +name="page125"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 125</span>forced to +be a supporter to her hood, it being propped up by her chin, so +that the right side of her body stood lower than her left, like +the reeling of a ship that sails with a side wind; again, her +left side was quite turned the contrary way, as if her body had +been screwed together piece after piece, and not rightly placed; +her left shoulder hanging just perpendicular to the bottom of the +back. Her legs were very crooked and misshapen; the toes of +her feet looking towards her left side, so that it was very hard +for any person (could she have stood up) to guess which road she +intended to steer her course, because she never could look that +way she resolved to go.</p> +<p>After she had remained under the care of the nurse for a space +of a month or thereabouts, she was put out to nurse <a +name="page126"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 126</span>at the +charge of the parish to a poor woman hard by in the town, where +she continued for the space of half a year or thereabouts, the +house not being in any way disturbed at all, till at last her +nurse having been abroad with the chief of the parishioners, +either to procure something of their charity for her subsistence +and the maintenance of her family, or else to fetch her money +from the overseers of the poor for nursing the child; and +returning home to her house she found her door wide open, at +which she, much amazed and affrighted, ran to her next neighbour +and acquainted her she was quite undone, for her house was broken +open and robbed. The man immediately rose from his dinner, +accompanied by his wife and also a labouring man. +Approaching the door, they endeavoured <a +name="page127"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 127</span>to enter, +but before they could all get in a very strange noise was heard +in the next room to them, as if it had been a concert of cats, +which so affrighted them that they all ran towards the door, +endeavouring to get out again, but in vain; for at their approach +there were great long yokes put about their necks, in the form of +a cross or turnstile, so that they could not possibly return; and +while they were thus striving and crying out for help, their +yokes at last fell off, and a staff was laid upon the men’s +shoulders, upon which an old woman presented herself, sometimes +hanging by the heels and sometimes by the toes. These +sports continued for the space of half an hour, so that the poor +men were never more tired nor less pleased at anything than in +being constrained to humour this piece of activity.</p> +<p><a name="page128"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 128</span>After +they had got a discharge from this their new employment, the +house being now quiet, and they had a little recovered their +senses, missing the woman they ran further into the house, where +they found them in a room in which stood a pair of yarwingles +made in the form of a cross. The two women were forced to +take the four ends thereof in their hands, and so danced round +about one after the other until they were almost tired to death, +carrying upon their shoulders an imp in the likeness of a monkey +or ape, which hung close upon them; and whenever they slacked +their pace, these spirits pricked them forward, continuing this +for a considerable time, till at length they vanished quite out +of sight, leaving these poor wretches no less weary than +astonished, and who, perceiving <a name="page129"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 129</span>themselves at liberty, ran to +several of the neighbours, acquainting them with what had +happened, and causing great amazement amongst them; and +immediately the whole town was in an uproar. The minister +and several of the most eminent of the inhabitants consulted +together upon the occasion what to do in the business; some of +them threatening the informers, others thinking they were +distracted, but at last they resolved to go to the house; yet +when they came near there arose a dispute who should first enter, +which at last was agreed upon; and the parson, with his +congregation attending him in the rear, entered the door +quivering and shaking, whereupon there was suddenly a noise like +the treading of people on stones, though the house had no other +but an earthen floor; and <a name="page130"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 130</span>very sweet musical harmony of +several notes was heard, and all presently vanished again. +The minister and inhabitants entered, and searching the house, +missed the child; one of them looking up the chimney, saw the +cradle wonderfully hanging up, three yards high, without any +support; this was as strangely conveyed down again. They +encouraged the nurse, left her in the house (though affrighted), +and departed.</p> +<p>Mother Shipton’s nurse was, after this, sometimes in +great perplexity, not knowing what was become of her for days +together; but when she was in her greatest scare after her, she +saw her oftentimes drop suddenly through the roof of the +house. Going out, upon her return she many times found her +child stretched out to a prodigious <a name="page131"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 131</span>length, taller than the tallest +living, and at other times as much shortened. The poor +woman’s work for the major part, was only to rectify what +these spirits disordered about her house. The chairs and +stools would frequently march up stairs and down, and they +usually played at bowls with the trenches and dishes: sometimes +at dinner the meat would be removed before she could touch a bit; +which things, as they much troubled the nurse, so they gave great +satisfaction to Mother Shipton, as it appeared by her monstrous +smiles. Now and then, to pacify her nurse, when she saw her +much vexed, she would say, “Be contented; there is nothing +here that will harm you.”</p> +<p>To be short, the nurse was so continually terrified by these +apparitions, that she resolved to complain to the <a +name="page132"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 132</span>parish; +and, having made known the truth of what had passed, in +commiseration to the almost distracted woman, they removed Mother +Shipton to another place, where she was put to school, being of +an age fit for it.</p> +<p>By this time Mother Shipton was grown a lusty girl, and as she +was left to the care of the parish, so the parish took care that +she should have the common sort of learning, that is to say, +reading and writing, bestowed upon her. Coming to school +her mistress began to instruct her as other children, beginning +with three or four letters at first; but to the amazement and +astonishment of her mistress, she exactly pronounced every letter +in the alphabet without teaching; her mistress then showed her a +primer, which she read at first sight as well as any in the <a +name="page133"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 133</span>school, and +so on with every book that was shown her.</p> +<p>As this produced wonder in her schoolmistress, so it caused +hatred and envy in her comrades; some flouted her for her +monstrous long nose, others endeavoured to beat her, and all +strove to harm her; but she valued them not, revenging herself on +every one of them that intended her harm. Some were +pinched, and yet no hand seen that did it; others struck +speechless when they were about to say their lessons, not being +able to utter a word; none escaped from being served one scurvy +trick or other. This so enraged the parents of these +children, looking on Mother Shipton as the sole cause thereof, +that she was discharged from the school, and so left to the wide +world. The singularities of Mother Shipton now began to <a +name="page134"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 134</span>be talked +of everywhere; she was often seen, when alone, to laugh heartily; +at other times to talk to herself; uttering very strange riddles, +which occasioned some of the more sober sort to converse with +her, receiving such strange things from her, as required a long +study to find out the meaning.</p> +<p>Never a day passed, wherein she related not something very +remarkable, and that required the most serious +consideration. And now it was that people flocked far and +near (her fame was so great), to be resolved of their doubts, all +returning wonderfully satisfied in the explanations she gave to +their questions.</p> +<p>And now Mother Shipton, beginning to grow famous in the world +for her notable judgment in things to come, there resorted to her +house a number <a name="page135"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +135</span>of people of all sorts, both old and young, rich and +poor, especially young maidens, who have always a great desire to +know when they shall be married, as also, what manner of husbands +they shall have, to which she gave such satisfactory answers, +both for the person and time, that no sooner could a young maid +get into her teens, but she would presently trot to Mother +Shipton’s, to be resolved of her doubt. Now though +she was not mercenary herself, but refused great gifts when +proffered unto her; yet did she keep a young wench, who, rather +than fail, if they forgot to open their purse to her, would +remember to open her mouth to them, and tell them, that neither +Dame Shipton nor she could be maintained with thanks, but that +the belly required meat to feed it; and that it was money <a +name="page136"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 136</span>that made +the mare to go. One day, there came a certain young heir +thither, whose father was sick, to be resolved by her whether he +should live or die; but Mother Shipton could by no means be +wrought upon to tell him anything; whereupon he proffered the +maid great store of money, if she could by any means persuade the +dame to fulfil his request; the wench, greedy of money, promised +him fair; that if he would come the next morning, he would be +certain to be resolved; in the meantime, she importuned her dame +with the most cunning rhetoric that she could invent; but she was +deaf to all entreaties, and would by no means be induced thereto, +whereupon the wench resolved with herself, rather than lose the +money, to give him an answer of her own invention; when the next +<a name="page137"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 137</span>morning +came she performed her part in these words:—</p> +<blockquote><p>“The grave provided hath a room:<br /> +Prepare for death, thy hour is come.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>The young gentleman having received this answer, went away +very joyful, hoping presently to reap the golden crop which his +father had sown, and to be in an instant possessor of all his +vast estate; but the sequel proved quite contrary; for by the +time he came home, great hopes of amendment appeared in his +father, who each day grew better and better, so that in a short +time he became perfectly well. This unexpected recovery of +the old man struck such a damp into the young heir, that he +presently took to his bed, fell extremely ill, and in a short +time grew so much <a name="page138"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +138</span>worse that all the symptoms of a dying man appeared in +him; the old man having no more children, was very desirous of +his life; and to know whether he should recover, he sent to +Mother Shipton, who, knowing by her art what her maid had done, +severely chid her for the same, threatening to turn her out of +her service. In the meantime the messenger was come to her +house, who having delivered his errand returned back with this +answer:—</p> +<blockquote><p>“For other’s death who do gape out,<br +/> +Their own, unlook’d for, comes about.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>The old man having received this answer, was much troubled, +thinking his own death predicted thereby, not imagining what his +son had done: but he was soon quieted of that suspicion, <a +name="page139"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 139</span>for within +two days the young man died; when a servant (who knew the +circumstance) informed him of the truth of the whole matter.</p> +<p>At divers other times, when persons of quality came to visit +her, she delivered the following prophecies:</p> +<p>“Before the Ouse Bridge and Trinity Church meets, they +shall build it in the day and it shall fall in the night, until +they get the highest stone of Trinity Church the lowest stone of +Ouse Bridge.”</p> +<p>This came to pass; for Trinity steeple in York was blown down +with a tempest, and Ouse Bridge broken down with a flood, and +what they did in the day time in repairing the bridge fell down +in the night, till at last they laid the highest stone of the +steeple for the foundation of the Bridge.</p> +<p><a name="page140"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +140</span>“A time shall happen when a ship shall come +sailing up the Thames, till it comes against London, and the +master of the ship will ask the captain why he weeps, since he +has made so good a voyage. And he will say, and what a good +city this was, none in the world comparable to it, and now +there’s scarce a house left, that can let us drink for our +money.”</p> +<p>These last words were sadly verified after the dreadful fire +of London in 1666, when there was not a house left along the +Thames side from the Tower to the Temple.</p> +<p>About this time, some differences arising betwixt King Henry +VIII. and the French king, great preparations for war were made +in England, the drums beating in every county to summon voluntary +valour to express itself in <a name="page141"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 141</span>defence of their king and +country. Many heroic spirits who made honour their aim, not +dreading dangers, now came forward, and indeed, so many appeared +under Mars’ banner, that he who was furnished with limbs +and an estate, and declined the service, was called a +coward. There was then living in the North a young heir, +who was newly come to his estate; one whose tongue was all fire, +and his heart all ice; who would kill thousands by his words, but +durst not venture to do anything in deeds; this gallant being by +some of his equals pricked on to make his appearance in the field +of Mars, and not to lie sleeping at home, when fame summoned him +forth to action, knew not what to do in this case; loath was he +to lose his loved life; and yet the aspersion of a coward, even +to a coward <a name="page142"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +142</span>himself, is of all things most odious; he therefore +promised that none should be more willing than he to spend his +blood in the quarrel of that country from whence he received his +dear life; but yet he resolved within himself not to set one step +forward in that path of danger till he had first consulted with +Mother Shipton, concerning what success he should have in his +journey; if it was bad, he resolved by a feigned sickness to +evade it; thinking it no good policy for a man to part with that +life in an instant, which with great cost and care had been many +years in bringing up.</p> +<p>Hereupon he hastened to our Northern Prophetess, acquainted +her with his condition, and very earnestly desired of her (as she +to whom nothing was hid) that she would unfold to him whether <a +name="page143"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 143</span>good or bad +fortune should be his attendant in this his expedition. +Mother Shipton, though she perceived his sheepish courage to be +very unanswerable to that of a soldier, yet foreknowing what +would come to pass, returned him the following answer: which +without more ado, fully satisfied him to proceed, and performed +what he had promised.</p> +<p>“When the English Lion shall set his paw on the Gallic +shore, then shall the Lilies begin to drop for fear. There +shall be much weeping and wailing amongst the ladies of that +country: because the princely Eagle shall join with the Lion, to +tread down all that shall oppose them; and though many +sagittaries shall appear in defence of the Lilies, yet shall they +not prevail; because the dull animal of the North shall <a +name="page144"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 144</span>be put to +confusion; and though it be his will, yet shall cause great shame +unto them. Now shall the mitred Peacock first begin to +plume, whose train shall make a great show in the world for a +time, but shall afterwards vanish away, and his honour come to +nothing; which shall take its end at Kingston.”</p> +<h3>Explanation.</h3> +<p>By the “English Lion” was meant the King of +England; and by setting his “paw on the Gallic +shore,” the landing of his army in France; by the +“Lily beginning to drop for fear,” was signified the +great trouble and perplexity of the French, the Lilies being the +arms of France; the “weeping and wailing amongst the ladies +of that <a name="page145"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +145</span>country,” denotes the miseries and destruction +incident to war; by the “princely Eagle joining with the +Lion, and treading down all that shall oppose them,” is +meant the German Emperor (whose arms were the Eagle) who joined +in amity with King Henry, and served him in his wars; by the +“sagittaries that appeared in defence of the Lilies,” +were meant the French cavalry, the chief strength of France, +consisting of horsemen, who appeared like sagittaries, that is to +say, half men and half horses; and whereas it was said, +“yet they should not prevail,” it fell out so +accordingly; for notwithstanding all the opposition of the French +armies, King Henry proceeded on vigorously, conquering and taking +several towns of importance. But to come to that which most +nearly concerns the <a name="page146"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 146</span>matter, viz., the success of our +young heir in his expedition, which was hinted forth unto him in +these words: “Because the dull animal of the North shall +put them to confusion, and though it be against his will, yet +shall cause great shame unto them;” by the dull animal of +the North was meant this fresh-water soldier, who, according to +the Prophecy, put the Frenchmen to confusion and great shame; for +passing the seas with King Henry, being mounted on a stately +horse, as both armies confronted each other, he being at the head +of the battle, just before the charge, somebody striking his +horse, he carried him upon the enemy with such violence, as put +their front in some disorder, which being perceived by our men, +they presently so seconded him that the French ran away, leaving +<a name="page147"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 147</span>the +English a glorious victory, purchased with little cost.</p> +<p>By this means was Mother Shipton’s predictions +fulfilled, to the disgrace of the French, and great praise to the +young gallant; for the rest of the Prophecy the interpretation +runs thus:—</p> +<p>By the “mitred Peacock,” was intended Cardinal +Wolsey, signified by that bird, because of his great pride, who, +being but a poor butcher’s son of Ipswich, in Suffolk, grew +to such a height, that he thought himself superior to the chief +nobles of the land, living in such splendour as not to be +paralleled; according to the new Prophecy, “whose train +shall make a great show in the world;” and whereas it is +said, “the peacock should then begin to plume,” so it +was, that when King Henry had taken the city of Tournay, <a +name="page148"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 148</span>in France, +he made Wolsey bishop thereof, who soon after rose to the highest +degree of honour a subject could be capable of, which afterwards +(as the Prophecy says) “vanished away, and his great honour +came to nothing.” And lastly, whereas it said, he +should “have his end at Kingston.” The cardinal +being told of this prophecy, would never pass through the town of +Kingston, though lying directly in the road from his own house to +the court; but afterwards being arrested for high treason, by the +Earl of Northumberland, and Sir Anthony Kingston, the Lieutenant +of the Tower, sent unto him, his very name (remembering the +prophecy) struck such a terror to his heart that he soon after +expired.</p> +<p>Mother Shipton had now got a name far and near for a cunning +woman, or <a name="page149"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +149</span>a woman of foresight, that her words were counted +oracles, nor was she visited only by private persons, but advised +with by people of the greatest quality. Among which number +at that time was Cardinal Wolsey; when it was reported that he +intended to live at York, she publicly said, “He should +never come thither,” which, coming to his ears, and being +offended, he caused three lords to go to her, who came disguised +to Dringhouses, near York, where leaving their men, they took a +guide to Mother Shipton’s, and knocking at the door, she +called from within, “Come in, Mr. Besley (the guide), and +these noble lords with you,” which surprised them, that she +should know them; for when they came in she called each of them +by their names, and treated them with ale and cakes; <a +name="page150"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 150</span>whereupon, +said one of the lords, “If you knew our errand you would +not make so much of us; you said the cardinal should never see +York.” “No,” said she, “I said he +might see York but never come at it.” +“Well,” said the lords, “when he does come thou +shalt be burnt.” Then, taking off her linen +handkerchief from her head, she said, “If this +burns,” and immediately flung it into the fire, but it did +not burn; and after it had laid in the flames a quarter of an +hour, she took it out again not so much as singed. One of +the lords then asked her what she thought of him. “My +lord, the time will come when your lordship will be as low as I +am, and that is low indeed,” which proved true, for shortly +after he was beheaded.</p> +<p>Nor was her speech of the cardinal less verified; for coming +to Cawood, he <a name="page151"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +151</span>went to the top of the tower and asked where York was, +which being shown him, he inquired how far it was thither. +For, quoth he, “There was a witch said I should never see +York.” “Nay,” said one present, +“your eminence is misinformed; she said, you might see it, +but never come at it.” Then he vowed to burn her when +he came there, which was but eight miles distant; but, behold, he +was immediately sent for back by the king, and never +returned.</p> +<p>Mother Shipton’s prediction coming thus effectually to +pass, spread her fame far wider than it was; insomuch that many +who before looked upon her as a crack-brained woman, now began to +admire her, and to esteem her words as oracles. And as the +nature of English people is rather to desire to know what is to +come, than to seek to rectify <a name="page152"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 152</span>aught that is done amiss, so the +greatest part of her visitants came only to be acquainted with +what she knew would come to pass; of which number was the Abbot +of Beverley, who fearing the downfall of religious houses, and a +change of the religion then professed, putting on counterfeit +clothes, came to Mother Shipton’s, and knocking at the +door, she being within, called to him, and said: “Come in, +Mr. Abbot, for you are not so much disguised but the fox may be +seen through the sheep’s skin. Come take a stool and +sit down, for you shall not go away unsatisfied of what you +desire,” and thereupon she began to utter forth her +Prophecies in this sort:—</p> +<blockquote><p>“When the cow doth wive the bull,<br /> +Then, oh! priest, beware thy skull!<br /> +And when the lower shrubs do fall,<br /> +The great trees quickly follow shall.<br /> +<a name="page153"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 153</span>The +mitred Peacock’s lofty pride<br /> +Shall to his master be a guide.<br /> +And one great court to pass shall bring<br /> +What was ne’er done by any king.<br /> +The poor shall grieve to see that day,<br /> +And who did feast, must fast and pray.<br /> +Fate so decreed their overthrow,<br /> +Riches brought pride, and pride brought woe.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>These prophecies were thus explained: by the +“Cow,” was made King Henry, by reason of the Earldom +of Richmond, which was his inheritance; and the +“Bull,” betokened Anne Boleyn, whom the king took to +wife in the room of Queen Catherine; her father gave the black +bull’s head in his cognizance; and when the king had +married Queen Anne, then was fulfilled the second line of the +prophecy, viz., “Then, oh! priest, beware thy skull!” +for what a number of priests, religious and secular, lost their +heads, for <a name="page154"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +154</span>offending against the laws, made to bring this matter +to pass.</p> +<p>Cardinal Wolsey (who was intended by the “mitred +Peacock”), in the height of his pride and vastness of his +undertakings, intending to erect two colleges, one at Ipswich, +where he was born, the other at Oxford, where he was bred; and +finding himself unable to endow them at his own charge, he +obtained licence of Pope Clement VII. to suppress forty small +monasteries in England, and to lay their old lands to his new +foundations, which was done accordingly, and the poor people that +lived in them were turned out of doors. Many of the clergy +were very much against this action of Wolsey, especially John +Fisher, Bishop of Rochester, alleging for the same an apologue of +Æsop, that “the iron head of the axe <a +name="page155"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 155</span>craved a +handle of the wood of oaks, only to cut off the boughs of the +trees: but when it was a complete axe it felled all the +wood;” applying it, that the suppressing of those smaller +houses would prove destructive to all the rest, which came to +pass accordingly; for King Henry, seeing the cardinal’s +power to extend so far as to suppress these lower shrubs, he +thought his prerogative might stretch so far as to fell down the +great trees; and soon after dissolved the priory of Christ +Church, near Aldgate, in London (now known by the name of +Duke’s Place), the richest in lands and ornaments of the +priories in London or Middlesex; which was a forerunner of the +dissolution of the rest; and that not long after came to +pass.</p> +<p>By the “Great Court,” is meant the <a +name="page156"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 156</span>Parliament, +the supremest court of England; which, in the twenty-seventh year +of King Henry’s reign, to support the king’s states, +and supply his wants, conferred on the crown all religious houses +which were not able clearly to expend above two hundred pounds a +year; the great ones not long after following the same fortune of +the smaller, which was not done (though attempted) by any king +before.</p> +<p>By the dissolution of these houses, many thousands were driven +to seek their fortunes in the wide world, and became utterly +exposed to want; when monkish profession was without possession, +many a young man proved an old beggar, and many forced to fast +for want of victuals, who formerly had it provided for them to +their hands.</p> +<p>The great riches and pride of the <a name="page157"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 157</span>monks and friars, was, no doubt, the +main cause of their overthrow; for whatsoever was the pretence, +questionless profit was the rope which pulled these religious +houses down.</p> +<p>All those things coming to pass before the abbot died, caused +him to have a great esteem of Mother Shipton, and to value her +prophecies more than ordinary conjectures; though at first he +could not tell what to make of her ambiguous lines, which, like +the oracles delivered at Delphos, rather brought one into a +labyrinth of confused conjectures than satisfied the expectation, +until by the clue of time, the riddles were manifest; and that +which at first seemed so hard, now appeared to the understanding +as easy; however, he at present kindly thanked Mother Shipton, +and liberally rewarded her maid, <a name="page158"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 158</span>much admiring that she could be so +clear-sighted as to see through his counterfeit dress; resolving +afterwards to be more informed by her concerning future events, +he at that time took his solemn leave of her, and returned +home.</p> +<p>Not long had the abbot been at home, but his abbey was visited +by some instrument employed by the Lord Cromwell for that +purpose. He who knew what was intended by this compliment +thought it not safe to strive against the stream, and therefore +quietly surrendered his monastery into the king’s +hands. And now perceiving Mother Shipton’s prophecies +plainly fulfilled in the downfall of those houses, which were +judged to be impregnable against all the assaults of malice and +time, considering the strange <a name="page159"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 159</span>revolution of so short a space, he +was very desirous to be more fully informed of the future. +In this resolution he repairs again to Mother Shipton, whom he +now accosts more familiarly than he did before, making himself +plainly known unto her; telling her that as what she had formerly +spoken he had found to be true in the event, so his judgment +persuaded him she was not ignorant of those things which were in +the future to ensue; and therefore desired she would not be nice +in imparting her foreknowledge to him; for which great favour, +though it were more than his deserts could command, yet should +there never in him be wanting a grateful tongue to acknowledge, +and a grateful heart to be thankful unto her, for so great a +favour.</p> +<p>“Mr. Abbot,” said she, “leave off <a +name="page160"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +160</span>complimenting, as it is more fit for courtiers and +lovers, and not agreeable to an old woman, who will neither +flatter nor be flattered by any; and for what you came about, I +shall not be squeamish to fulfil your request; let me therefore +desire you to lend me your attention;” and thereupon, after +some short pause, she thus began—</p> +<blockquote><p>“A prince that never shall be born,<br /> +Shall make the shaved heads forlorn,<br /> +Then shall commons rise in arms,<br /> +And woman’s malice cause much harms.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>These lines being prophecies of the actions in King +Edward’s reign, for the reader’s benefit we will +unfold the meaning of them by themselves, that we may not too +much burden his memory; but by variety add a pleasure to the +reading of them.</p> +<p>By the “Prince that never shall be <a +name="page161"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +161</span>born,” is meant King Edward VI., of whom all +reports agree that he was not naturally delivered into the world, +but that his mother’s body was opened for his birth, that +she died of the operation the fourth day following: and by +“shaved heads,” is understood the monks, friars, +etc., who are said to become “forlorn;” the +Reformation beginning with the commencement of King +Edward’s reign.</p> +<p>King Edward set out certain injunctions for the reformation of +religion; as the commissioners passed to divers places for the +establishing of them, much scorn was passed upon them, and the +farther they went from London, as the people were more uncivil, +so did they the more rise into insolence and contempt; for in +Cornwall, the commons flocked together, having killed <a +name="page162"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 162</span>one of the +commissioners, and although justice was done upon the offenders +(the principal of them being executed in several places), yet +could not their boldness be beaten down by that severity, but +that the mischief spread farther. In Wiltshire and +Somersetshire, where the people, supposing that a Commonwealth +could not stand without commons, beat down enclosures, and laid +parks and fields bare. The like commotions followed in +Suffolk, Hampshire, Kent, Gloucestershire, Warwickshire, and +Rutlandshire, but the greatest of all was in Devonshire, and +Norfolk.</p> +<blockquote><p>“A virtuous lady then shall die,<br /> +For being raised up too high;<br /> +Her death shall cause another’s joy,<br /> +Who shall the kingdom much annoy.<br /> +Mitres shall rise, mitres come down,<br /> +And streams of blood shall Smithfield drown.<br /> +<a name="page163"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 163</span>England +shall join in league with Spain,<br /> +Which some to hinder strive in vain,<br /> +The Lioness from life retires,<br /> +And pontifical priest expires.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>The Lady Jane Gray, assuming the title of Queen upon her, for +her offence lost her head. This Lady Jane was a woman of +most rare and incomparable perfections; for besides her excellent +beauty, she was the mirror of her time for religion and +education, in the knowledge of the liberal sciences and skill in +languages; and far exceeded all of her sex and years.</p> +<p>The death of the Lady Jane was supposed to be a rejoicing to +Queen Mary, and who, by restoring Popery, and the persecutions +that the professors of the Gospel suffered in her time, is said +to bring the kingdom to much annoy.</p> +<p>By the “Mitres,” are meant the <a +name="page164"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 164</span>bishops, +who in the change of religion found great change; very few +keeping their seats wherein they had been seated by King Edward +VI.</p> +<p>Great was the number of martyrs burned in Smithfield in this +queen’s reign, under the bloody hands of Bonner, Bishop of +London, and Dr. Story, Dean of St. Paul’s; the first +persecuting by wholesale, the second by retail; the names of all +those who in this place thus testified their faith by the loss of +their lives, would be too long here to recite; the chief of them +were Mr. John Rogers, Mr. John Bradford, Mr. Robert Glover, +etc.</p> +<p>Queen Mary intended to match herself with Philip, King of +Spain; the news thereof of being spread amongst the people, was +by them ill-resented, as dreading to be under the yoke of a <a +name="page165"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 165</span>stranger; +but all to no purpose, for soon afterwards they were married, to +the mortification of the English.</p> +<p>By the “Lioness” is meant Queen Mary, who having +reigned five years and some odd months, died of a dropsy.</p> +<p>The “pontifical priest” signifies Cardinal Pole, +who expired within a few hours after the death of Queen +Mary. This prelate was of princely extraction, his mother, +Margret, being daughter to George Duke of Clarence; when he was +young, he was brought up together with Queen Mary, and being a +zealous Catholic, during King Edward’s reign, suffered a +voluntary exile for the same; when the marriage between Prince +Philip and Queen Mary was made up, he returned into England, and +was made Archbishop of Canterbury, but was more moderate than <a +name="page166"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 166</span>some of his +fellow bishops, having a favourable inclination towards the +Protestants.</p> +<blockquote><p>“The Lion fierce being dead and gone,<br /> +A maiden Queen shall reign anon.<br /> +The Papal power shall bear no sway,<br /> +Rome’s creed shall hence be swept away.<br /> +The western monarch’s wooden horses<br /> +Shall be destroyed by the Drake’s forces.<br /> +More wonders yet! a widowed Queen<br /> +In England shall be headless seen.<br /> +The Harp shall give a better sound.<br /> +An Earl without a head be found.<br /> +Soon after shall the English Rose<br /> +Unto a male her place dispose.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>These lines being a prophecy of the most remarkable actions +during the reign of Queen Elizabeth, are to be interpreted after +this manner:</p> +<p>Queen Mary is here meant, not so much for the cruelty done by +her, as by the bishops and priests under her; in respect to the +blood that was shed, and <a name="page167"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 167</span>the persecutions then suffered, she +is here termed a fierce “Lion;” after whom is said, +“A maiden Queen to reign anon,” meant by Queen +Elizabeth, one who was the mirror of her age and sex, who for +above forty years managed the affairs of this kingdom; having, +when she began, few friends that durst help, and leaving no foes +when she died that could hurt her; acting her part so well whilst +here she reigned, that history can scarce afford us one prince to +be matched to her fame in all considerable particulars.</p> +<p>Soon after the queen coming to the crown, a Parliament began +at Westminster, wherein the laws of King Henry VIII. against the +see of “Rome” were renewed, and those of King Edward +VI. in favour of the Protestants revived, and the laws by Queen +Mary made against them, repealed.</p> +<p><a name="page168"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +168</span>Uniformity of prayer and administration of sacrament +were enacted, and the queen acknowledged to be the only and +supreme governor of her kingdom. The people in each place +beating down superstitious pictures and images, which misguided +zeal had set up.</p> +<p>By the “western monarch’s wooden horses,” is +meant the King of Spain’s great Armada, by them termed +invincible, though the success of it answered not the name; being +by Sir Francis Drake and others fought with and really +vanquished; most of it sunk, and the rest, destitute and +scattered, being chased by our ships into the northern latitudes, +and there left to be pursued by hunger and cold; a victory so +remarkable, that neither time nor age will ever wear the +remembrance thereof away.</p> +<p>The “widowed Queen” signifies the <a +name="page169"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 169</span>Queen of +Scots, the mother of King James, who was beheaded at Fotheringhay +Castle, some say by the privity, others say to the great +discontent of Queen Elizabeth; a lady of sharp wit, undaunted +spirit, comely person, beautiful face, and majestic presence; a +fluent orator, and an excellent poetess, as appears by several +things of her writing now extant; she was beheaded on the 8th of +February, 1587, and was first buried in the choir of +Peterborough; and afterwards by her son, King James, solemnly +removed from thence to Westminster, where, in the south side of +the chapel of King Henry VII. he erected a stately monument to +her memory.</p> +<p>“The Harp” signifies Ireland, as being the arms of +that country, when Queen Elizabeth, by reducing it to a <a +name="page170"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 170</span>better +obedience, made it give a better sound, that is, made it more +civilized and profitable to the exchequer than it ever was +before.</p> +<p>“An Earl without a head be found.” This was +spoken of the Earl of Essex, one who was the favourite of the +queen and darling of the people (two things which seldom come +together), and yet could not both of them protect him from the +scaffold, but thereon he lost his head.</p> +<p>By the “English Rose” is meant Queen Elizabeth, as +we said before, by whose death the right and title to the crown +came to James VI., King of Scotland, as lineally descended from +Margaret, eldest daughter to King Henry VII., the male issue +failing by the death of Queen Elizabeth; and here is to be +remembered the policy of King <a name="page171"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 171</span>Henry VII., who having two +daughters, married the eldest of them to the King of Scotland, +and the youngest to the King of France, that if his male issue +should happen to fail, as it afterwards did, then Scotland might +wait upon England as the greater kingdom, and not England upon +France as the lesser. Besides, there was an old prophecy +which intimated King James coming to the English crown; for when +King Edward I. harassed Scotland, amongst other things he brought +from thence their royal chair (still preserved at the Abbey, in +Westminster), upon which chair these verses were written:</p> +<blockquote><p>“If Fates go right, where’er this +chair is pight,<br /> +The regal race of Scots shall rule that place.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Which by the coronation of King James there performed, made +good the words of the prophecy.</p> +<blockquote><p><a name="page172"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +172</span>“The Northern Lion over Tweed,<br /> +The maiden Queen shall then succeed,<br /> +And join in one, two mighty States;<br /> +Janus then shall shut his gates;<br /> +Hell’s power, by a fatal blow,<br /> +Shall seek the land to overthrow,<br /> +Which by mistake shall be reverst,<br /> +And heads from shoulders be disperst.<br /> +The British Olive next shall twine<br /> +In marriage with the German Vine.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Next follows the remarkable actions of King James’s +reign, predicted in the foregoing lines, which may be thus +explained:</p> +<p>By the “Northern Lion” is meant King James, and by +the “maiden Queen,” Queen Elizabeth, whom King James, +being King of Scotland, succeeded to the English crown, joining +thereby the two nations of England and Scotland, which had often +been attempted before.</p> +<p>The lines “Hell’s power,” etc., have <a +name="page173"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 173</span>reference +to the Gunpowder Plot, which was planned to blow up the +Parliament House with gunpowder—king, princes, peers, +bishops, judges, knights, and burgesses, being all designed to +destruction. To bring the purpose about, a vault was hired +under the Parliament House, wherein were stowed thirty-six +barrels of gunpowder, with several iron bars, to make the force +of the fire more effectual, all which were covered with billets +and coals. The 5th of November, the day of Parliament first +sitting, was the time appointed to put this design in execution; +but Providence had ordered it otherwise, that those who intended +mischief should taste the effects of it. In the evening +before, Lord Monteagle received a strange letter from an unknown +hand, without date or name to it, and which, when it was opened, +<a name="page174"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 174</span>was even +still sealed. The letter being communicated to the king, he +commanded the rooms under the Parliament House to be searched, +where the mystery of iniquity was quickly discovered. Some +of the traitors were taken in London, others in the country; the +hands of justice overtaking them, they became its examples, and +tasted of that cup which they intended others should have drunk +of.</p> +<p>By the “British Olive” is meant the Lady +Elizabeth, daughter of King James; and by the “German +Vine” the most illustrious Prince Frederic, Count Palatine +of the Rhine. This Lady Elizabeth was enriched with all the +endowments of both body and mind which make to the completing of +a princess; most dearly beloved of the English, as one that +deserved well of <a name="page175"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +175</span>all. They were married with great solemnity at +Westminster, February 14, 1602.</p> +<p>Mother Shipton having proceeded thus far with her prophecies, +broke up abruptly with a deep sigh, the tears trickling down her +cheeks, accompanied by a wringing of her hands, as if some +extraordinary mischance had befallen her. The abbot +wondered greatly what should be the cause of this sudden +alteration, having observed all along before a settled +composedness in her countenance, and now to break out in such +exclamations. He therefore said unto her, “Mother +Shipton, it is more than some extraordinary matter which hath +made you break out into this sudden passion; and if it may not be +troublesome unto you, I shall desire that, as hitherto you have +not been scrupulous in revealing <a name="page176"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 176</span>those secrets unto me, which have +wrought in me both wonder and amazement, so that you will not so +abruptly break off as to leave me in suspense of the cause of +your sorrow.” “Ah! Mr. Abbot,” said she, +“who can with dry eyes repeat what must next ensue, or but +think upon it without a heart full of agony? to see virtue +trampled on, and vice exalted; beggars on horseback, and princes +on foot; the innocent condemned, and the bloodthirsty go scot +free; but since my promise binds me to fulfil your request, I +shall proceed from where I left off:</p> +<blockquote><p>“The crown then fits the White King’s +head,<br /> +Who with the Lilies soon shall wed;<br /> +Then shall a peasant’s bloody knife<br /> +Deprive a great man of his life.<br /> +Forth from the North shall mischief blow,<br /> +And English hob shall add thereto.<br /> +Then shall the Council great assemble,<br /> +Who shall make great and small to tremble,<br /> +<a name="page177"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 177</span>The +White King then (O grief to see!)<br /> +By wicked hands shall murdered be.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>By the “White King,” is meant King Charles I., so +called not only in respect of the purity and uprightness of his +life, signified by white; but also at the time of his coronation +he was clothed in white. He had, previous to the death of +King James, married the Lady Henrietta Maria, daughter of Henry +IV., King of France; who is hereupon said to wed the +“Lilies,” the lilies being the arms of France.</p> +<p>By the “great man,” who was to lose his life by a +bloody knife, was meant the Duke of Buckingham, the greatest man +in favour of those times, and (as is commonly seen) most hated of +the people, who laid the blame of all miscarriages in state upon +him; being made general for the relief of Rochelle (then besieged +<a name="page178"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 178</span>by the +French forces), before he embarked at Portsmouth, he was stabbed +by one Felton, an officer in his army; who, so far from flying +for the same, though he might pass away undiscovered, boldly +avowed himself to be the man that did it. He was hanged in +chains at Portsmouth, in the year 1627.</p> +<p>The next part of this prophecy alludes to that ancient +proverb, “From the cold ‘North’ all ills come +forth,” and may be understood of our troubles commencing in +1630, taking their original rise from Scotland, and fermented by +several factious spirits in England, the venom of which poison so +infected the veins of the English, that it broke forth into a +most bitter war, and ended not but with the deaths of many +thousands of people.</p> +<p>By the “great Council” is meant the <a +name="page179"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +179</span>long-lasting Parliament, as known to all posterity for +the remarkable transactions therein. By them fell the wise +Strafford, and Reverend Laud; by them was Episcopacy voted down, +and Presbytery voted up; by them was the common-prayer denied, +and the Directory exalted; by them was the Church and State +turned topsy-turvy; but this cannot be reported of all amongst +them; many of them hated their doings, dissented from them, and +suffered by them.</p> +<p>The “White King by wicked hands,” etc., alludes to +the beheading of King Charles I., who was the principal victim of +these savage wars.</p> +<blockquote><p>“The White King dead, the Wolf shall then<br +/> +With blood possess the Lion’s den.<br /> +But Death shall hurry him away;<br /> +Confusion shall awhile bear sway;<br /> +But Fate to England shall restore<br /> +A king to reign as heretofore.<br /> +<a name="page180"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 180</span>Great +death in London shall be though,<br /> +And men on tops of houses go.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>By the “White King,” as we said before, is meant +King Charles I., and, by the “Wolf,” Oliver Cromwell, +whose ambition was such that he left no means unattempted until +he had got into the “Lion’s den,” that is to +say, until he had attained the sole government.</p> +<blockquote><p>“But Death shall hurry him away.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Very remarkable was the day in which the Protector died, being +September 3, 1658, wherein the wind was so violent, that it +overthrew many houses, tore up many trees by the roots, tumbled +down chimneys, and unroofed barns and stables; but it is a very +ill wind that blows none good, so with all the hurt this wind +did, it made <a name="page181"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +181</span>recompense to some folks who had lost their estates in +the civil wars, by blowing this Oliver away.</p> +<blockquote><p>“But fate to England shall restore<br /> +A king to reign as heretofore.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Which part of the prophecy was fulfilled in the restoration of +King Charles II., which put a period to all the Commonwealth, and +restored the land to its ancient government.</p> +<p>“Great death in London,” verified by the great +plague in London, in 1665, which, for number, was the greatest +that hath been known in these latter centuries of years.</p> +<p>“And men on tops of houses go.” This was +suddenly fulfilled in that great conflagration of fire which +happened in London, September 2, 3, and 4, 1666, by which so many +houses were <a name="page182"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +182</span>destroyed, that men afterwards, in the ruins, went on +the tops of those houses whose lofty structures not long before +seemed to brave the sky.</p> +<div class="gapshortline"> </div> +<p>It will be observed that some of the following prophecies of +Mother Shipton relate to the present time, while others more +closely concern the future. We will leave them to the +reader’s own interpretation:—</p> +<blockquote><p style="text-align: center">I.</p> +<p>Ploughed with swords the earth shall be,<br /> +And blood will mingle with the sea.</p> +<p style="text-align: center">II.</p> +<p>Soon as the fiery year has passed.<br /> +Peace again shall come at last.</p> +<p style="text-align: center"><a name="page183"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 183</span>III.</p> +<p>Great accidents the world will fill,<br /> +And carriages without horses go;<br /> +Whilst, in the twinkling of an eye,<br /> +Around the world our thoughts shall fly.</p> +<p style="text-align: center">IV.</p> +<p>In England, now will come to pass<br /> +A house that shall be built of glass.</p> +<p style="text-align: center">V.</p> +<p>State and State, in most deadly strife,<br /> +Will fight and seek each other’s life;<br /> +Then, when the North divides the South,<br /> +The Eagle will build in the Lion’s mouth.</p> +<p style="text-align: center">VI.</p> +<p>Three tyrant rulers France shall see,<br /> +And each of a different dynasty.<br /> +But when the greater fight be done,<br /> +France and England shall be as one.</p> +<p style="text-align: center">VII.</p> +<p>In the water shall iron float,<br /> +The same as now a wooden boat.<br /> +More wonders still shall water do,<br /> +And England yet admit a Jew.</p> +<p style="text-align: center"><a name="page184"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 184</span>VIII.</p> +<p>Gold and riches will be shown<br /> +In a land that’s not now known.</p> +<p style="text-align: center">IX.</p> +<p>Under rivers man shall walk,<br /> +Shall ride, shall sleep, and shall talk.</p> +<p style="text-align: center">X.</p> +<p>A river and a town shall be on fire.</p> +</blockquote> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<p><i>The following remarkable Prophecy</i>, <i>which is known +as</i> “<i>Mother Shipton’s prophecies</i>,” +<i>was first published in 1448</i>,<i> and republished in +1641</i>. <i>It will be seen that the events it predicts +have come to pass</i>, <i>except that contained in the last two +lines</i>, <i>which is still in the future</i>.</p> +<blockquote><p style="text-align: center">XI.</p> +<p>Over a wild and stormy sea,<br /> +Shall a noble <a name="citation184"></a><a href="#footnote184" +class="citation">[184]</a> sail,<br /> +Who to find, will not fail,<br /> +A new and a fair countree.<br /> +<a name="page185"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 185</span>From +whence he shall bring<br /> +A herb <a name="citation185a"></a><a href="#footnote185a" +class="citation">[185a]</a> and a root <a +name="citation185b"></a><a href="#footnote185b" +class="citation">[185b]</a><br /> +That all men shall suit,<br /> +And please both the ploughman and the king.<br /> +And let them take no more than measure.<br /> +Both shall have the even pleasure.<br /> +The world to an end shall come<br /> +In eighteen hundred and eighty-one.</p> +</blockquote> +<div class="gapshortline"> </div> +<p><i>Here follow other Prophecies which Mother Shipton stated at +various times in her life to different persons</i>:—</p> +<blockquote><p>The first coming in of the King of the Scots +(James I.) shall be at Holgate Town, but he shall not come +through the bar. And when the King of the North shall be at +London Bridge, his tail shall be at Edinburgh.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>This was fulfilled in the following manner—When King +James arrived there was such a multitude of people at Holgate bar +to behold him, that to <a name="page186"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 186</span>avoid the danger of the crush he was +forced to ride another way. When King James was at London, +his children were at Edinburgh, preparing to come into +England.</p> +<blockquote><p>Water shall come over Ouse Bridge, and a windmill +shall be set upon a Tower, and a Elm Tree shall lie at every +man’s door. At that day women shall wear great hats +and great bands.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>This was verified by the conducting of water into York streets +through bored Elms; and the Conduit-house had a windmill on the +top that drew up the water.</p> +<blockquote><p>When there is a Lord Mayor living in Minster-yard +in York, let him beware of a stab.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>A Lord Mayor, whose house was in Minster-yard, was stabbed by +an assassin in three places, which caused his death.</p> +<blockquote><p><a name="page187"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +187</span>When two Knights shall fall out in the York +Castle-yard, they shall never live kindly all their after +lives.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Sir Thomas Wentworth and Sir John Savile in choosing Knights +for the Shire in the Castle-yard at York, did so fall out, that +they were never after well reconciled.</p> +<blockquote><p>When all Colton-hag hath borne crops and corn for +seven years; seven years after that you shall hear news.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Colton-hag in Mother Shipton’s time was a woodland +ground full of trees, which some long time after her death was +cultivated and bore crops and corn for seven years; and the seven +years after that, was the year of the coming in of the Scots, and +their taking of Newcastle.</p> +<blockquote><p>You shall have a year of pining hunger, and <a +name="page188"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 188</span>then a +dearth without corn. You shall not know of the war +over-night, yet you shall have it in the morning; and when it +comes it shall last three years.</p> +<p>Between Calder and Aire<br /> +Shall be great warfare,<br /> +When all the world is aloft,<br /> +It shall be called Christ’s Croft.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Calder and Aire are two rivers in Yorkshire; and this Prophecy +relates to the Civil War in the time of Charles I.</p> +<blockquote><p>When the battle of warfare begins, it shall be +where Crookback Richard made his fray.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>It was near Leicester where Richard the Third was slain in +battle. There Colonel Hastings was one of the first in arms +at the commencement of the civil war. Or it may thus be +understood—That as King Richard began his march from +Nottingham when he first set out against the Earl of Richmond, so +also <a name="page189"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +189</span>should these wars take rise from thence. And +indeed at Nottingham, on Aug. 25th, 1640, Charles I. set up his +standard, and there continued it to little purpose.</p> +<blockquote><p>They shall say to warfare for your King for +half-a-crown a day, but stir not. They will say to warfare +for your King on pain of hanging, but stir not.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>At the time of the Civil War in 1642, many Lords promised two +shillings and sixpence a day for each horseman who would join the +King’s service.</p> +<blockquote><p>For he that goes to complain,<br /> +Shall not come back again.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>This seems to refer to the Welsh and the Irish serving the +King, for very few lived to return back again to their own +country.</p> +<p><a name="page190"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +190</span><i>The following Prophecies by Mother Shipton</i>, +(<i>extracted from Lilly’s collection</i>, <i>with his +remarks</i>,) <i>being rather quaint in the composition</i>, +<i>are left for the reader to decypher</i>.</p> +<blockquote><p>(<i>a</i>) There will be a great battel between +England and Scotland, and they will be pacified for a time; and +when they come at (<i>b</i>) Bramma-moore they fight, and are +again pacified for a time: Then there will be a great battel +between England and Scotland at (<i>c</i>) Knavesmore: Then they +will be pacified for a while: Then there will be a great battel +between England and Scotland at (<i>d</i>) Storktonmore; then +will Ravens sit on the (<i>e</i>) Crosse, and drink as much blood +of Nobles as of the Commons. Then wo is me, for London +shall be destroyed.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>(<i>a</i>) God I hope will prevent this threatened +mischief. (<i>b</i>) Brammish is a river in +Northumberland. (<i>c</i>) I conceive it should be +Knaresborough, by which the river Nidd runs. (<i>d</i>) <a +name="page191"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 191</span>Storkton I +conceive mistaken for Stanemore, in Richmondshire. +(<i>e</i>) It is to be noted and admired, that this Crosse in the +North in Mother Shipton’s days, was a tall stone Crosse +which ever since hath been by degrees sinking into the ground, +and is now (1640) sunk so low, that a Raven may sit upon the top +of it and reach her bill to the ground.</p> +<blockquote><p>Then will come a woman with one eye, and she shall +tread in men’s blood to the knee; and she shall meet a man +leaning on a staff, and shall say to him, What art thou? and he +shall say, I am King of the Scots. And she shall say, Go +with me to my house, for there are three Knights. And he +will go up with her, and stay there three days and three +nights. Then will England be lost; and they will cry twice +in one day, England is lost. Then there will be three +Knights in Petergate in York, and the one shall not know of the +other. There shall be a child born in Pomfret with three +thumbs, and these three Knights will give their horses to this +(<i>f</i>) child with three thumbs to hold, whilst they win +England again: then come in Clubs and Clouted shoes, and they +with <a name="page192"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 192</span>the +three Knights win England again: and all Noble blood shall be +gone but one, and they shall carry him to Sheriff Hutton’s +Castle, six miles from York, and he shall die there; and they +shall chuse their Earl in the field, and hang their horses on a +thorn, and rue the time that ever they were born to see so much +blood shed.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>(<i>f</i>) There was a child not many years since born at +Pomfret with three thumbs, and credibly reported.</p> +<blockquote><p>(<i>g</i>) Then they will come to York to besiege +it; and they shall keep them out for three days and three nights: +and a peny-loaf shall be within the Bar at half a Crown, and +without the Bar at a peny; and they will swear, if they will not +yield, to blow up the Town-walls. Then they will let them +in: and they will hang the Maior, Sheriffs, and Aldermen. +There will three Knights go into Crouch-Church, and but one of +them come out again; and he will cause Proclamation to be made, +That any man may take House, Tower, or Bower, for One and twenty +yeers. And while the world endureth, there shall never be +warfare again, nor any more (<i>h</i>) Kings or Queens; but the +Kingdom shall be governed by three lords; then York shall be +London.</p> +</blockquote> +<p><a name="page193"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +193</span>(<i>g</i>) This is yet unacted. (<i>h</i>) All +old Prophecies do intimate a final subversion of the Monarchy in +England.</p> +<blockquote><p>After this, shall be a white Harvest of Corn +gotten in by women. Then shall be in the North, that one +woman shall say to another, Mother, I have seen a man to +day. And for one man there shall be a thousand women. +There shall be a man sitting on Saint James church hill, weeping +his fill.</p> +<p>The time will come when England shall tremble and quake for +fear of a (<i>i</i>) Dead-man, that shall be heard to speak: Then +will the Dragon give the Bull a great snap; and when this battel +is done they will all go to London Town.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>(<i>i</i>) This Dead-man hath not yet appeared, but is at hand +doubtless.</p> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<p><a name="page194"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +194</span><i>Here follow other Prophecies she uttered</i>, +<i>which because they concern Future Times we shall leave to the +Interpretation of the reader</i>.</p> +<blockquote><p style="text-align: center">I.</p> +<p>The Fiery Year as soon as o’er,<br /> +Peace shall then be as before;<br /> +Plenty everywhere is found,<br /> +And men with Swords shall plough the Ground.</p> +<p style="text-align: center">II.</p> +<p>The time shall come, when seas of Blood,<br /> +Shall mingle with a greater Flood.</p> +<p style="text-align: center">III.</p> +<p>Great noise there shall be heard, Great Shouts and Cries,<br +/> +And Seas shall Thunder louder than the Skies;<br /> +Then shall three Lions fight with three, and bring,<br /> +Joy to a People, Honour to their King.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Mother Shipton, the authoress of these Prophecies, continued +for years esteemed as the Sybil or Oracle of her time; <a +name="page195"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 195</span>and though +she was generally believed to be a Witch, yet all persons that +either saw or heard of her, held her in great esteem, and her +memory is much honoured by those of her own country, especially +in Yorkshire. A long time before her death, she foretold +the day and hour she was to take her departure; and the time +approaching which she had Prophecied, and which was in the year +1561; she took solemn leave of her friends, who were all greatly +attached to her, laid down on her bed, and died, at the good old +age of 75 years. Many more “<i>Prophecies</i>” +are current in Yorkshire as of her utterance, but the Publisher +being unable to find them either properly authenticated, or in +any old works, they have been omitted, being desirous of not +adding anything which <a name="page196"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 196</span>might tend to destroy her sterling +reputation.</p> +<p>A stone was erected to her memory near Clifton, about a mile +from the city of York, upon which was the following +inscription:</p> +<blockquote><p>Here lyes she who never ly’d<br /> +Whose skill often has been try’d;<br /> +Her prophecies shall still survive,<br /> +And ever keep her name alive.</p> +</blockquote> +<h2><a name="page197"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +197</span>PROPHECIES<br /> +<span class="GutSmall">OF</span><br /> +MARTHA, THE GIPSY.</h2> +<p>London may appear an unbefitting scene for a story so romantic +as that which I have here set down: but, strange and wild as is +the tale I have to tell, <i>it is true</i>; and, therefore, the +scene of action shall not be changed; nor will I alter or vary +from the truth, save that the names of the personages, in my +domestic drama shall be fictitious.</p> +<p>To say that I am superstitious would be, in the minds of many +wise personages, to write myself down an ass; but to say that I +do not believe <i>that</i> which <a name="page198"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 198</span>follows, as I am sure it was +believed by <i>him</i> who related it to me, would be to +discredit the testimony of a friend, as honourable and as brave +as ever trod the earth. He has been snatched from the +world, of which he was a bright ornament, and has left more than +his sweet suffering widow and his orphan children affectionately +to deplore his loss.</p> +<p>It is, I find, right and judicious most carefully and publicly +to disavow a belief in supernatural visitings: but it will be +long before I become either so wise or so bold as to make any +such unqualified declaration. I am not weak enough to +imagine myself surrounded by spirits and phantoms, or jostling +through a crowd of spectres, as I walk the streets; neither do I +give credence to all the idle tales of ancient dames, or +frightened children, touching such <a name="page199"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 199</span>matters: but when I breathe the air, +and see the grass grow under my feet, I cannot but feel that HE +who gives me ability to inhale the one, and stand erect upon the +other, has also the power to use for special purposes such means +and agency, as in his wisdom he may see fit; and which, in point +of fact, are not more incomprehensible to us than the very +simplest effects which we every day witness, arising from unknown +causes.</p> +<p>Philosophers may pore, and in the might of their littleness, +and the erudition of their ignorance develope and disclose, argue +and discuss; but when the sage, who sneers at the possibility of +ghosts, will explain to me the doctrine of attraction and +gravitation, or tell me why the wind blows, why the tides ebb and +flow, or why the light <a name="page200"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 200</span>shines—effects perceptible to +all men—then will I admit the justice of his +incredulity—then will I join the ranks of the +incredulous. However, a truce with my views and +reflections: proceed we to the narrative.</p> +<p>In the vicinity of Bedford-square lived a respectable and +honest man, whose name the reader will be pleased to consider +Harding. He married early: his wife was an exemplary woman, +and his son and daughter were grown to that companionable age, at +which children repay, with their society and accomplishments, the +tender cares which parents bestow upon their offspring in their +early infancy.</p> +<p>Mr. Harding held a responsible and respectable situation under +the government, in Somerset House. His income was adequate +to his wants and wishes; <a name="page201"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 201</span>his family a family of love: and, +perhaps, taking into consideration the limited desires of what +may be fairly called middle life, no man was ever more contented, +or better satisfied with his lot than he.</p> +<p>Maria Harding, his daughter, was a modest, unassuming, and +interesting girl, full of feeling and gentleness. She was +timid and retiring; but the modesty which cast down her fine +black eyes could not veil the intellect which beamed in +them. Her health was by no means strong; and the paleness +of her cheek—too frequently, alas! lighted by the hectic +flush of our indigenous complaint—gave a deep interest to +her countenance. She was watched and reared by her tender +mother, with all the care and attention which a being so delicate +and so <a name="page202"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +202</span>ill-suited to the perils and troubles of this world +demanded.</p> +<p>George, her brother, was a bold and intelligent lad, full of +rude health, and fearless independence. His character was +frequently the subject of his father’s contemplation; and +he saw in his disposition, his mind, his pursuits, and +propensities, the promise of future success in active life.</p> +<p>With these children, possessing as they did the most enviable +characteristics of their respective sexes, Mr. and Mrs. Harding, +with thankfulness to Providence, acknowledged their happiness, +and their perfect satisfaction with the portion assigned to them +in this transitory world.</p> +<p>Maria was about nineteen, and had, as was natural, attracted +the regards, and thence gradually chained the <a +name="page203"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 203</span>affections, +of a distant relative, whose ample fortune, added to his personal +and mental good qualities, rendered him a most acceptable suitor +to her parents, which Maria’s heart silently acknowledged +he would have been to <i>her</i>, had he been poor and +penniless.</p> +<p>The father of this intended husband of Maria was a man of +importance, possessing much personal interest, through which +George, the brother of his intended daughter-in-law, was to be +placed in that diplomatic seminary in Downing-street, whence, in +due time, he was to rise through all the grades of office, +(which, with his peculiar talents, his friends, and especially +his mother, was convinced he would so ably fill,) and at last +turn out an ambassador.</p> +<p>The parents, however, of young Langdale and of Maria Harding +were agreed, <a name="page204"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +204</span>that there was no necessity for hastening the alliance +between their families, seeing that the united ages of the couple +did not exceed thirty-nine years: and seeing, moreover, still, +that Mrs. Langdale, who was little more than six-and-thirty years +of age herself, had reasons, which she also meant to be private, +for seeking to delay as much as possible a ceremony, the result +of which, in all probability, would confer upon her, somewhat too +early in life to be agreeable to a lady of her habits and +propensities, the formidable title of grand-mamma.</p> +<p>How curious it is, when one takes up a <i>little bit</i> of +society (as a geologist crumbles and twists a bit of earth in his +hand, to ascertain its character and quality,) to look into the +motives and manœuvrings of all the persons connected with +<a name="page205"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 205</span>it; the +various workings, the indefatigable labours, which all their +little minds are undergoing to bring about divers and sundry +little points, perfectly unconnected with the great end in view; +but which for private and hidden objects, each of them is toiling +to carry. Nobody, but those who really understood Mrs. +Langdale, understood why she so readily acquiesced in the desire +of her husband to postpone the marriage for another +twelvemonth. A stranger would have seen only the dutiful +wife according with the sensible husband; but I knew her, and +knew that there must be something more than met the eye, or the +ear, in that sympathy of feeling between her and Mr. Langdale, +which was not upon ordinary occasions so evidently displayed.</p> +<p>Like the Waterman who pulls one <a name="page206"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 206</span>way and looks another, Mrs. Langdale +aided the entreaties and seconded the commands of her loving +spouse, touching the seasonable delay of which I am speaking; and +it was agreed, that immediately after the coming of age of +Frederick Langdale, and not before, he was to lead to the +hymeneal altar the delicate and timid Maria Harding.</p> +<p>The affair got whispered about; George’s fortune in life +was highly extolled—Maria’s excessive happiness +prophesied by everybody of their acquaintance; and already had +sundry younger ladies, daughters and nieces of those who +discussed these matters in divan after dinner, began to look upon +Miss Harding with envy and maliciousness, and wonder what Mr. +Frederick Langdale could see in her: she was proclaimed to be +insipid, inanimate, shy, bashful, and <a name="page207"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 207</span>awkward: nay, some of her female +friends went so far as to discover that she was absolutely +awry.</p> +<p>Still, however, Frederick and Maria went loving on; and their +hearts grew as one; so truly, so fondly were they attached to +each other. George, who was somewhat of a plague to the +pair of lovers, was luckily at Oxford, reading away till his head +ached, to qualify himself for a degree, and the distant duties of +the office whence he was to cull the bunches of diplomatic +laurels, and whence were to issue rank and title, and ribbons and +crosses innumerable.</p> +<p>Things were in this prosperous state, the bark of life rolling +gaily along before the breeze, when as Mr. Harding was one day +proceeding from his residence, to his office in Somerset-place, +through Charlotte-street, Bloomsbury, he was <a +name="page208"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 208</span>accosted by +one of those female gypsies who are found begging in the +metropolis, and especially in the particular part of it in +question: ‘Pray remember poor Martha, the gipsy,’ +said the woman: ‘give me a halfpenny for charity, sir, pray +do.’</p> +<p>Mr. Harding was a subscriber to the Mendicity Society, an +institution which proposes to check begging by the novel mode of +giving nothing to the poor: moreover, he was a +magistrate—moreover, he had no change; and he somewhat +sternly desired the woman to go about her business.</p> +<p>All availed him nothing; she still followed him, and +reiterated the piteous cry, ‘Pray remember poor Martha, the +gipsy.’</p> +<p>At length, irritated by the perseverance of the +woman—for even <a name="page209"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 209</span>subordinates in government hate to +be solicited importunately—Mr. Harding, contrary to his +usual custom, and contrary to the customary usages of modern +society, turned hastily round, and fulminated an oath against the +supplicating vagrant.</p> +<p>‘Curse!’ said Martha; ‘have I lived to +this? Hark ye, man—poor, weak, haughty man! +Mark me, sir—look at me!’</p> +<p>He did look at her; and beheld a countenance on fire with +rage. A pair of eyes blacker than jet, and brighter than +diamonds, glared like stars upon him; her black hair dishevelled, +hung over her olive cheeks; and a row of teeth whiter than the +driven snow displaying themselves from between a pair of coral +lips, in a dreadful smile, a ghastly sneer of contempt which +mingled in her passion. Harding was riveted to <a +name="page210"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 210</span>the spot; +and, affected partly by the powerful fascination of her +superhuman countenance, and partly by the dread of a disturbance +in the street, he paused to listen to her.</p> +<p>‘Mark me, sir,’ said Martha; ‘you and I +shall meet again. Thrice shall you see me before you +die. My visitings will be dreadful; but the third will be +the last!’</p> +<p>There was a solemnity in this declaration which struck to his +very heart, coming too as it did only from a vagrant +outcast. Passengers were approaching; and wishing, he knew +not why, to soothe the ire of the angry woman, he mechanically +drew from his pocket some silver, which he tendered to her.</p> +<p>‘There, my good woman—there,’ said he, +stretching forth his hand.</p> +<p>‘Good woman!’ retorted the hag, <a +name="page211"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +211</span>‘Money now? I—I that have been +cursed! ’tis all too late, proud gentleman—the deed +is done, the curse be now on you.’ Saying which, she +huddled her ragged red cloak about her shoulders, and hurried +from his sight, into the deep and dreary recesses of St. +Giles’s.</p> +<p>Harding experienced, as she vanished from his eye, a most +extraordinary sensation: he felt grieved that he had spoken so +harshly to the poor creature, and returned his shillings to his +pocket with regret. Of course, fear of the fulfilment of +her predictions did not mingle with any of his feelings on the +occasion; and he proceeded to his office in Somerset-place, and +performed all the arduous official duties of reading the +opposition newspapers, discussing the leading politics of the day +with the head of <a name="page212"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +212</span>another department, and signing his name three times, +before four o’clock.</p> +<p>Martha the gipsy, however, although he had +‘poophoohed’ her out of his memory, would ever and +anon flash across his mind; her figure was indelibly stamped upon +his recollection; and though, of course, as I before said, a man +of his firmness and intellect could care nothing, one way or +another, for the maledictions of an ignorant, illiterate gipsy, +still his feelings—whence arising I know not—prompted +him to call a hackney-coach, and proceed <i>en voiture</i> to his +house rather than run the risk of again encountering the +metropolitan sibyl, under whose forcible denunciation he was +actually labouring.</p> +<p>There is a period in each day of the lives of married people, +at which, I am given to understand, a more than <a +name="page213"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 213</span>ordinarily +unreserved communication of facts and feelings takes place; when +all the world is shut out, and the two beings, who are in truth +‘but only one,’ commune together freely and fully +upon the occurrences of the past day. At this period, the +else sacred secrets of the drawing-room coterie, and the +<i>tellable</i> jokes of the after-dinner convivialist, are +mutually interchanged by the fond pair, who, by the barbarous +customs of uncivilized Britain, have been separated during part +of the preceding evening.</p> +<p>Then it is, that the husband informs his anxious consort how +he has forwarded his worldly views with such a man—how he +has carried his point in such a quarter—what he thinks of +the talents of one, of the character of another; while the +communicative wife gives <i>her</i> views of the same subjects, +founded upon what <a name="page214"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +214</span>she has gathered from the individuals composing the +female cabinet, and explains why she thinks he must have been +deceived upon this point, or misled upon that. And thus, in +recounting, in arguing, in discussing, and descanting, the +blended interests of the happy pair are strengthened, their best +hopes nourished, and perhaps eventually realized.</p> +<p>A few friends at dinner, and some refreshers in the evening, +had prevented Harding from saying a word to his beloved Eliza +about the gipsy; and perhaps, till the ‘witching +time’ which I have attempted to define, he would not have +mentioned the circumstance, even had they been alone. Most +certainly he did not think the less of the horrible vision; and +when the company had dispersed, and the affectionate couple had +retired to rest, he stated the <a name="page215"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 215</span>circumstance exactly as it had +occurred, and received from his fair lady just such an answer as +a prudent, intelligent, and discreet woman of sense would give to +such a communication. She vindicated his original +determination not to be imposed upon—wondered at his +subsequent willingness to give to such an undeserving object, +particularly while he had three or four soup tickets in his +pocket—was somewhat surprised that he had not consigned the +bold intruder to the hands of the beadle—and, ridiculing +the impression which the hag’s appearance seemed to have +made upon her husband’s mind, narrated a tour performed by +herself and some friends to Norwood, when she was a girl, and +when one of those very women had told her fortune, not one word +of which ever came true—and, in a discussion of some <a +name="page216"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 216</span>length, +animadverting strongly upon the weakness and impiety of putting +faith in the sayings of such idle creatures, she fell fast +asleep.</p> +<p>Not so Harding: he was restless and worried, and felt that he +would give the world to be able to recall the curse which he had +rashly uttered against the poor woman. Helpless as she was +and in distress, why did his passion conquer his judgment? +Why did he add to the bitterness of refusal the sting of +malediction? However, it was useless to regret that which +was past—and, wearied and mortified with his reflection, he +at length followed his better half into that profound slumber, +which the length and subject of his harangue had so comfortably +ensured her.</p> +<p>The morning came, and brightly beamed the sun—that is, +as brightly as <a name="page217"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +217</span>it ever beams in London. The office-hour arrived; +and Mr. Harding proceeded, <i>not</i> by Charlotte-street, to +Somerset-house, such was his dread of seeing the ominous +woman. It is impossible to describe the effect produced +upon him by the apprehension of encountering her: if he heard a +female voice behind him in the street, he trembled, and feared to +look round, lest he should behold Martha. In turning a +corner he proceeded carefully and cautiously, lest he should come +upon her unexpectedly; in short, wherever he went, whatever he +did, his actions, his movements, his very words, were controlled +and constrained by the horror of beholding her again.</p> +<p>The malediction she had uttered rang incessantly in his ears; +nay, such possession had it taken of him, that he had written <a +name="page218"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 218</span>the words +down, and sealed the document which contained them. +‘Thrice you shall see me before you die. My visitings +will be dreadful, but the third will be the last.’</p> +<p>‘Calais’ was not more deeply imprinted on our +Queen’s heart, than these lines upon that of Mr. Harding; +but he was ashamed of the strength of his feelings, and placed +the paper wherein he had recorded them at the very bottom of his +desk.</p> +<p>Meanwhile Frederick Langdale was unremitting in his attentions +to Maria; but, as is too often the case, the bright sunshine of +their loves was clouded. Her health, always delicate, now +appeared more so, and at times her anxious parents felt a +solicitude upon her account, new to them; for decided symptoms of +consumption had shown themselves, <a name="page219"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 219</span>which the faculty, although they +spoke of them lightly to the fond mother and to the gentle +patient, treated with such care and caution, as gave alarm to +those who could see the progress of the fatal disease, which was +unnoticed by Maria herself, who anticipated parties, and +pleasure, and gaieties, in the coming spring, which the doctors +thought it but too probable she might never enjoy.</p> +<p>That Mr. Langdale’s ‘punctilio,’ or Mrs. +Langdale’s excessive desire for apparent juvenility, should +have induced the postponement of Maria’s marriage, was, +indeed, a melancholy circumstance. The agitation, the +surprise, the hope deferred, which weighed upon the sweet +girl’s mind, and that doubting dread of something +unexpected, which lovers always feel, bore down her spirits, and +injured her health; whereas, had the <a name="page220"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 220</span>marriage been celebrated, the relief +she would have experienced from all her apprehensions, added to +the tour of France and Italy, which the happy couple were to make +immediately after their union, would have restored her health, +while it ensured her happiness. This, however, was not to +be.</p> +<p>It was now three months since poor Mr. Harding’s +rencontre with Martha; and habit, and time, and constant +avocation, had conspired to free his mind from the dread she at +first inspired. Again he smiled and joked, again he enjoyed +society, and again dared to take the nearest road to Somerset +House; nay, he had so far recovered from the unaccountable terror +he had originally felt, that he went to his desk, and selecting +the paper wherein he had set down the awful denunciation of the +hag, <a name="page221"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +221</span>deliberately tore it into bits, and witnessed its +destruction in the fire, with something like real satisfaction, +and a determination never more to think upon so silly an +affair.</p> +<p>Frederick Langdale was, as usual, with his betrothed, and Mrs. +Harding enjoying the egotism of the lovers, (for, as I said +before, lovers think their conversation the most charming in the +world, because they talk of nothing but themselves) when his +curricle was driven to the door to convey him to +Tattersall’s, where his father had commissioned him to look +at a horse, or horses, which he intended to purchase; for +Frederick was, of all things in the world, the best possible +judge of a horse.</p> +<p>To this sweeping dictum, pronounced by the young gentleman +himself, Mr. Harding, however, was not willing to <a +name="page222"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 222</span>assent; and +therefore, in order to have the full advantage of two heads, +which, as the proverb says, are better than one, the worthy +father-in-law elect, proposed accompanying the youth to the +auctioneer’s yard at Hyde-Park Corner, it being one of +those few privileged days when the labourers in our public +offices make holiday. The proposal was hailed with delight +by the young man, who, in order to show due deference to Mr. +Harding, gave him the reins, and bowing their adieus to the +ladies at the window, away they went, the splendid cattle of Mr. +Langdale prancing and curvetting, fire flaming from their eyes, +and smoke breathing from their nostrils.</p> +<p>The charioteer, however, soon found that the horses were +somewhat beyond his strength, even putting his skill wholly out +of the question, and in <a name="page223"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 223</span>turning into Russell-street, +proposed surrendering the reins to Frederick. By some +misunderstanding of words in the alarm which Harding felt, +Frederick did not take the reins which he (perfectly confounded) +tendered to him in great agitation. They slipped over the +dashing iron between the horse, who thus freed from restraint, +reared wildly in the air, and plunging forward, dashed the +vehicle against a post, and precipitated Frederick and Harding on +the curbstone; the off-horse kicked desperately as the carriage +became entangled and impeded, and struck Frederick a desperate +blow on the head. Harding, whose right arm and collar-bone +were broken, raised himself on his left hand, and saw Frederick +weltering in his blood, apparently lifeless before him. The +infuriated animals again plunged <a name="page224"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 224</span>forward with the shattered remnant +of the carriage, and as this object was removed from his sight, +the wretched father-in-law beheld, looking upon the scene with a +fixed and unruffled countenance—<span +class="smcap">Martha</span>, <span class="smcap">the +Gipsy</span>.</p> +<p>It was doubtful whether the appearance of this horrible +vision, coupled as it was with the verification of her prophecy, +had not a more dreadful effect upon Mr. Harding, than the sad +reality before him. He trembled, sickened, fainted, and +fell senseless on the ground.</p> +<p>Assistance was promptly procured, and the wounded sufferers +were carefully removed to their respective dwellings. +Frederick Langdale’s sufferings were much greater than +those of his companion, and, in addition to severe fractures of +two of his limbs, the wound <a name="page225"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 225</span>upon his head presented a most +terrible appearance, and excited the greatest alarm in his +medical attendants.</p> +<p>Mr. Harding, whose temperate course of life was greatly +advantageous to his case, had suffered comparatively little: a +simple fracture of the arm, and dislocation of the collar-bone +(which was the extent of his misfortune,) were, by skilful +treatment and implicit obedience to professional commands, soon +pronounced in a state of improvement; but a wound had been +inflicted which no doctor could heal. The conviction that +the woman, whose anger he had incurred, had, if not the power of +producing evil, at least the power to foretell it, and that he +had twice again to see her before the fulfilment of her prophecy, +struck deep into his mind; and although he felt himself more at +ease when he had <a name="page226"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +226</span>communicated to Mrs. Harding the fact of having seen +the gipsy at the moment of the accident, it was impossible for +him to rally from the shock which his nerves had received. +It was in vain he had tried to shake off the perpetual +apprehension of again beholding her.</p> +<p>Frederick Langdale remained for some time in a very precarious +state. All visitors were excluded from his room, and a +wretched space of two months passed, during which his +affectionate Maria had never been allowed to see him, nor to +write to, nor to hear from him. While her constitution was +gradually giving way to the constant operation of solicitude and +sorrow.</p> +<p>Mr. Harding meanwhile recovered rapidly, but his spirits did +not keep pace with his mending health; the dread he felt of +quitting his house, the tremor <a name="page227"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 227</span>excited in his breast by a knocking +at the door, or the approach of a footstep, lest the intruder +should be the basilisk Martha, were not to be described; and the +appearance of his poor Maria did not tend to cheer the gloom +which hung over him.</p> +<p>When at length Frederick was sufficiently recovered to receive +visitors, Maria was not sufficiently well to visit him: she was +too rapidly sinking into an early grave, and even the physician +himself appeared desirous of preparing her parents for the worst, +while she, full of the symptomatic prospectiveness of disease, +still talked anticipatingly of future happiness, when Frederick +would be sufficiently re-established to visit her.</p> +<p>At length, however, the doctors suggested a change of +air—a suggestion <a name="page228"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 228</span>instantly attended to, but, alas! +too late; the weakness of the poor girl was such, that upon a +trial of her strength it was found inexpedient to attempt her +removal.</p> +<p>In this terrible state, separated from him whose all she was, +did the exemplary patient linger, and life seemed flickering in +her flushing cheek; and her eye was sunken, and her parched lip +quivered with pain.</p> +<p>It was at length agreed, that on the following day Frederick +Langdale might be permitted to visit her;—his varied +fractures were reduced, and the wound on the head had assumed a +favourable appearance. The carriage was ordered to convey +him to the Hardings at one, and the physicians advised by all +means that Maria should be apprized of and prepared for the +meeting the day <a name="page229"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +229</span>previous to its taking place. Those who are +parents, and those alone, will be able to understand the tender +solicitude, the wary caution with which both her father and +mother proceeded in a disclosure, so important as the medical men +thought to her recovery—so careful that the coming joy +should be imparted gradually to their suffering child, and that +all the mischiefs resulting from an abrupt announcement should be +avoided.</p> +<p>They sat down by her—spoke of Frederick—Maria +joined in the conversation—raised herself in her +bed—by degrees, hope was excited that she might soon again +see him—this hope was gradually improved into +certainty—the period at which it might occur spoken +of—that period again progressively diminished: the anxious +girl caught the whole truth—she knew it—she was +conscious <a name="page230"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +230</span>that she would behold him on the morrow—she burst +into a flood of tears and sank down upon her pillow.</p> +<p>At that moment the bright sun, which was shining in all its +splendour, beamed into the room, and fell strongly upon her +flushed countenance.</p> +<p>‘Draw down the blind, my love,’ said Mrs. Harding +to her husband. Harding rose and proceeded to the +window.</p> +<p>A shriek of horror burst from him—‘She is +there!’ exclaimed the agitated man.</p> +<p>‘Who?’ cried his astonished wife.</p> +<p>‘She—she—the horrid she!’</p> +<p>Mrs. Harding ran to the window and beheld, standing on the +opposite side of the street, with her eyes fixed attentively on +the house—<span class="smcap">Martha</span>, <span +class="smcap">the Gipsy</span>.</p> +<p><a name="page231"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +231</span>‘Draw down the blind, my love, and come away; +pray come away,’ said Mrs. Harding.</p> +<p>Harding drew down the blind.</p> +<p>‘What evil is at hand? What misery is +impending?’ sobbed Harding.</p> +<p>A loud scream from his wife, who had returned to the bedside, +was the horrid answer to his painful question.</p> +<p>Maria was dead!</p> +<p>Twice of the thrice he had seen this dreadful fiend in human +shape; each visitation was (as she had foretold) to surpass the +preceding ones in its importance of horror.—What could +surpass this?</p> +<p>There, before the afflicted parents, lay their innocent child +stretched in the still sleep of death; neither of them believed +it true—it seemed like a dreadful dream. Harding was +bewildered, and <a name="page232"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +232</span>turned from the corpse of his beloved to the window he +had just left.—Martha was gone—and he heard her +singing a wild and joyous air at the other end of the street.</p> +<p>The servants were summoned—medical aid was called +in—but it was all too late! and the wretched parents were +doomed to mourn their loved, their lost Maria! George, her +fond and affectionate brother, who was at Oxford, hastened from +all the academic honours which were awaiting him, to follow to +the grave his beloved sister.</p> +<p>The effect upon Frederick Langdale was most dreadful: it was +supposed he would never recover from a shock so great, and at the +moment so unexpected; for, although the delicacy of her +constitution was a perpetual source of uneasiness and solicitude, +still the <a name="page233"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +233</span>immediate symptoms had taken rather a favourable turn +during the last few days of her life, and had re-invigorated the +hopes which those who so dearly loved her entertained of her +eventual recovery. Of this distressed young man I never +indeed heard anything, till about three years after, when I saw +it announced in the papers that he was just married to the only +daughter of a rich west-country baronet, which event, if wanted +to work another proverb here, would afford me a most admirable +opportunity of doing so.</p> +<p>The death of poor Maria, and the dread which her father +entertained of the third visitation of Martha, made a complete +change in the affairs of the family. By the exertion of +powerful interest, he obtained an appointment for his son to act +as his deputy in the office <a name="page234"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 234</span>which he held, and having achieved +this desired object, resolved on leaving England for a time, and +quitting a neighbourhood in which he must be perpetually exposed +to the danger which he was now perfectly convinced was +inseparable from his next interview with the weird woman.</p> +<p>George, of course, thus checked in his classical pursuits, +left Oxford, and at the early age of nineteen commenced active +official life, not certainly in the particular department which +his mother had selected for his <i>debût</i>; and it was +somewhat observable, that the Langdales, after the death of +Maria, not only abstained from frequent intercourse with the +Hardings during their stay in England, but that the mighty +professions of the purse-proud citizen dwindled by degrees into +an absolute forgetfulness of <a name="page235"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 235</span>any promise, even conditional, to +exert an interest for their son.</p> +<p>Seeing this, Mr. Harding felt that he should act prudentially, +by endeavouring to place his son where in the course of time, he +might perhaps attain to that situation, from whose honourable +revenue he could live like a gentleman, and ‘settle +comfortably.’</p> +<p>All the arrangements which the kind father had proposed, being +made, the mourning couple proceeded on a lengthened tour of the +continent; and it was evident that his spirits mended rapidly, +when he felt conscious that his liability to encounter Martha had +decreased. The sorrow of mourning was soothed and softened +in the common course of nature, and the quiet domesticated couple +sat themselves down at Lausanne, ‘the world forgetting, by +the world forgot,’ <a name="page236"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 236</span>except by their excellent and +exemplary son, whose good qualities, it seems, had captivated a +remarkable pretty girl, a neighbour of his, whose mother seemed +to be equally charmed with the goodness of his income.</p> +<p>There appeared, strange to say, in this love affair, no +difficulties to be surmounted, no obstacles to be overcome; and +the consent of the Hardings (requested in a letter, which also +begged them to be present at the ceremony, if they were willing +it should take place,) was presently obtained by George; and at +the close of the second year, which had passed since their +departure, the parents and son were again assembled in that +house, the sight of which recalled to their recollection their +unhappy daughter, and her melancholy fate, and which was still +associated most <a name="page237"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +237</span>painfully in the mind of Mr. Harding with the hated +Gipsy.</p> +<p>The charm, however, had, no doubt, been broken. In the +two past years, Martha was probably either dead or gone from the +neighbourhood. Gypsies were a wandering tribe—and why +should she be an exception to a general rule?—and thus Mrs. +Harding checked the rising apprehensions and renewed uneasiness +of her husband; and so well did she succeed, that when the +wedding-day came, and the bells rang, and the favours fluttered +in the air, his countenance was lighted up with smiles, and he +kissed the glowing cheek of his new daughter-in-law with warmth, +and something like happiness.</p> +<p>The wedding took place at that season of the year when friends +and families meet jovially and harmoniously, <a +name="page238"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 238</span>when all +little bickerings are forgotten, and when, by a general feeling +founded upon religion, and perpetuated by the memory of the +blessings granted to the world by the Almighty, an universal +amnesty is proclaimed; when the cheerful fire, and teeming board, +announce that Christmas is come, and mirth and gratulation are +the order of the day.</p> +<p>It unfortunately happened, however, that to the account of +Miss Wilkinson’s marriage with George Harding, I am not +permitted, in truth, to add, that they left town in a travelling +carriage and four, to spend the honeymoon. Three or four +days permitted absence from his office, alone, were devoted to +the celebration of the nuptials, and it was agreed that the whole +party, together with the younger branches of the +Wilkinson’s, their cousins and second <a +name="page239"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 239</span>cousins, +etc., should meet on twelfth-night to celebrate, in a juvenile +party, the return of the bride and bridegroom to their home.</p> +<p>When the night came, it was delightful to see the happy faces +of the smiling youngsters: it was a pleasure to behold them +pleased—a participation in which, since the highest amongst +us, and the most accomplished prince in Europe, annually evinces +the gratification he feels in such sights, I am by no means +disposed to disclaim. And merry was the jest, and gaily did +the evening pass; and Mr. Harding, surrounded by his youthful +guests, smiled, and for a season forgot his care; yet, as he +glanced around the room, he could not suppress a sigh, when he +recollected, that in that very room his darling Maria had <a +name="page240"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 240</span>entertained +her little parties on the anniversary of the same day in former +years.</p> +<p>Supper was announced early, and the gay throng bounded down +stairs to the parlour, where an abundance of the luxuries of +middle life crowded the board. In the centre appeared the +great object of the feast—a huge twelfth-cake; and gilded +kings and queens stood lingering over circles of scarlet +sweet-meats, and hearts of sugar lay enshrined with warlike +trophies of the same material.</p> +<p>Many and deep were the wounds the mighty heap received, and +every guest watched with a deep anxiety the coming portion, +relatively to the glittering splendour with which its frosted +surface was adorned. Character cards, illustrated with +pithy mottoes, and smart sayings, were distributed; and by one of +those little frauds which, in such <a name="page241"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 241</span>societies, are always tolerated, Mr. +Harding was announced as king, and the new bride as queen; and +there was such charming joking, and such harmless merriment +abounding, that he looked to his wife with an expression of +content, which she had often, but vainly, sought to find upon his +countenance, since the death of his dear child.</p> +<p>Supper concluded, the clock struck twelve, and the elders +looked as if it were time for the young ones to depart. One +half-hour’s grace was begged for by the ‘King,’ +and granted; and Mrs. George Harding on this night was to sing +them a song about ‘poor old maidens’—an ancient +quaintness, which, by custom and usage ever since she was a +little child, she had annually ‘performed’ upon this +anniversary; and, accordingly, the promise being claimed, silence +<a name="page242"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 242</span>was +obtained, and she, with all that show of tucker-heaving +diffidence which is so becoming in a pretty plump downy-cheeked +girl, prepared to commence the venerable chaunt, when a noise +resembling that produceable by the falling of an eight-and-forty +pound shot, echoed through the house. It appeared to +descend from the very top of the building, down each flight of +stairs rapidly and violently. It passed the room in which +they were sitting, and rolled its impetuous course downwards to +the basement. As it seemed to leave the hall, the parlour +door was forced open, as if by a rude gust of wind, and stood +ajar.</p> +<p>All the children were in a moment on their feet, huddled close +to their respective mothers in groups. Mrs. Harding rose +and rang the bell to inquire the meaning of the uproar. Her +<a name="page243"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +243</span>daughter-in-law, pale as ashes, looked at George; but +there was one of the party who moved not, who stirred not; it was +the elder Harding, whose eyes first fixed steadfastly on the +half-opened door, slowly followed the course of the wall of the +apartment to the fire-place;—there they rested.</p> +<p>When the servants came, they said they had heard the noise, +but thought it proceeded from above. Harding looked at his +wife; and then turning to the servant, observed carelessly, that +it must have been some noise in the street, and desiring him to +withdraw, entreated the bride to pursue her song. She did; +but the children had been too much alarmed to enjoy it, and the +noise had in its character something so strange and so unearthly, +that even the elders of the party, although bound not to admit <a +name="page244"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 244</span>anything +like apprehension before their offspring, felt extremely well +pleased when they found themselves at home.</p> +<p>When the guests were gone, and George’s wife lighted her +candle to retire to rest, her father-in-law kissed her +affectionately, and prayed God to bless her. He then took a +kind leave of his son, and putting up a fervent prayer for his +happiness, pressed him to his heart, and bade him adieu with an +earnestness which, under the common-place circumstance of a +temporary separation, was inexplicable to the young man.</p> +<p>When Harding reached his bed-room, he spoke to his wife, and +entreated her to prepare her mind for some great calamity.</p> +<p>‘What it is to be,’ said Harding, ‘where the +blow is to fall I know not; but it is over us this +night!’</p> +<p><a name="page245"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +245</span>‘My life!’ exclaimed Mrs. Harding, +‘what new fancy is this?’</p> +<p>‘Eliza, love!’ answered her husband, in a tone of +unspeakable agony, ‘I have seen her for the third and last +time.’</p> +<p>‘Who?’</p> +<p>‘<span class="smcap">Martha</span>, <span +class="smcap">the Gipsy</span>.’</p> +<p>‘Impossible,’ said Mrs. Harding, ‘you have +not left the house to-day.’</p> +<p>‘True, my beloved,’ replied the husband; +‘but I have seen her. When that tremendous noise was +heard at supper, as the door was supernaturally opened, I saw +her. She fixed those dreadful eyes of her’s upon me; +she proceeded to the fire-place, and stood in the midst of the +children, and there she remained till the servant came +in.’</p> +<p>‘My dearest husband,’ said Mrs. Harding, +‘this is but a disorder of the imagination!’</p> +<p><a name="page246"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +246</span>‘Be it what it may,’ said he, ‘I have +seen her. Human or superhuman—natural or +supernatural—there she was. I shall not strive to +argue upon a point where I am likely to meet with little credit: +all I ask is, pray fervently, have faith, and we will hope the +misfortune, whatever it is, may be averted.’</p> +<p>He kissed his wife’s cheek tenderly, and after a fitful +feverish hour or two fell into a slumber.</p> +<p>From that slumber never awoke he more.—He was found dead +in his bed in the morning.</p> +<p>‘Whether the force of imagination, coupled with the +unexpected noise, produced such an alarm as to rob him of life, I +know not,’ said my communicant; ‘but he was +dead.’</p> +<p>The story was told me by my friend Ellis in walking from the +City to <a name="page247"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +247</span>Harley-street late one evening; and when we came to +this part of the history we were in Bedford-square, at the dark +and dreary corner of it where Caroline-street joins it.</p> +<p>‘And there,’ said Ellis, pointing downward, +‘is the street where the circumstance occurred.’</p> +<p>‘Come, come,’ said I, ‘you tell the story +well, but I suppose you do not expect it to be received as +gospel.’</p> +<p>‘Faith,’ said he, ‘I know so much of it that +I was one of the twelfth-night party, and heard the +noise.’</p> +<p>‘But you did not see the spectre?’ cried I.</p> +<p>‘No,’ replied Ellis, ‘I certainly did +not.’</p> +<p>‘Nor anybody else,’ said I, ‘I’ll be +sworn.’—A quick footstep was just then heard behind +us.—I turned half round <a name="page248"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 248</span>to let the person pass, and saw a +woman enveloped in a red cloak, whose sparkling black eyes, shone +upon by the dim lustre of a lamp above her head, dazzled +me.—I was startled—‘Pray remember old <span +class="smcap">Martha</span>, <span class="smcap">the +Gipsy</span>,’ said the hag.</p> +<p>It was like a thunder-stroke.—I instantly slipped my +hand into my pocket, and hastily gave her three from a +five-shilling piece.</p> +<p>‘Thanks, my bonny one,’ said the woman, and +setting up a shout of contemptuous laughter she bounded down +Caroline-street towards Russell-street, singing, or rather +yelling a wild air.</p> +<p>Ellis did not speak during this scene—he pressed my arm +tightly, and we quickened our pace. We said nothing to each +other till we turned into Bedford-street, and the lights and <a +name="page249"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 249</span>passengers +of Tottenham-court-road re-assured us.</p> +<p>‘What do you think of <i>that</i>?’ said Ellis to +me.</p> +<p>‘<i>Seeing is believing</i>,’ was my reply.</p> +<p>I have never passed that dark corner of Bedford-square in the +evening since.</p> +<h2><a name="page250"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +250</span>REMARKABLE FULFILMENT OF A PREDICTION.</h2> +<p>A certain German author relates the following:</p> +<p>In my younger days, there was a dinner given in the +<i>Florenburg Westphalen</i>, where I was born, on the occasion +of a baptism to which a clergyman was invited. During +dinner, the conversation turned upon the gravedigger of the +place, who was well known on account of his second-sight; for, as +often as he saw a corpse, he was always telling that there would +be a funeral from such and such a house. Now, as the event +invariably took place, the inhabitants of the house he indicated +were placed by the man’s tale in the greatest anxiety.</p> +<p><a name="page251"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 251</span>This +man’s prophecying was an abomination to the +clergyman. He therefore forbade him, but all to no purpose; +for the poor dolt, although he was a drunkard, and a man of low +and vulgar sentiments, believed firmly that it was a prophetic +gift of God, and that he must make it known, in order that the +people might still repent. At length the clergyman gave him +notice that, if he announced one funeral more, he should be +deprived of his place, and expelled from the village. This +availed—the gravedigger was silent from that time +forward. Half a year afterward, in the autumn of 1745, the +gravedigger came to the clergyman, and said to him: ‘Sir, +you have forbidden me to announce any more funerals, and I have +not done so since, nor will I do it any more; but I must tell you +something that is particularly <a name="page252"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 252</span>remarkable, that you may see that my +second sight is really true. In a few weeks a corpse will +be brought up the meadow, which will be drawn on a sledge by an +ox.’ The clergyman seemingly paid no attention to +this, but listened to it with indifference, and replied: +‘Only go about your business, and leave off such +superstitious follies. It is sinful to have anything to do +with them.’</p> +<p>Some weeks after a strong body of Austrian troops passed +through the village on their way to the Netherlands. While +resting there a day, the snow fell nearly three feet deep. +At the same time, a woman died in another village of the same +parish. The military took away all the horses out of the +country to drag the waggons. Meanwhile the corpse lay +there, no horses came back; <a name="page253"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 253</span>the body began to putrify; they +were, therefore, compelled to make a virtue of necessity—to +place the corpse upon a sledge, and harness an ox to it.</p> +<p>In the meantime the clergyman, and the teacher with his +scholars, proceeded to the village to meet the corpse; and, as +the funeral came along the meadow in this array, the gravedigger +came up to the clergyman, pulled him by the gown, pointed with +his finger toward the sledge, and said not a word.</p> +<p>Such was the tale as related by the clergyman. I was +well acquainted with the good man, and he was incapable of +telling an untruth, much less in a matter which contradicted all +his principles.</p> +<h2><a name="page254"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +254</span>PROVIDENTIAL FOREBODING.</h2> +<p><span class="smcap">In</span> the ‘Museum of +Wonders,’ Vol. II., page 153, there is a striking +presentiment related, which Madame de Beaumont received from the +lips of a credible person. This individual had a friend in +the country, who, being unmarried, committed his domestic +concerns to the care of an housekeeper who had been with him for +many years. When his birthday arrived, he made many +preparations for celebrating it, and told his housekeeper in the +morning to clean out a certain arbour in the garden, which he +named, because, as the weather was fine, he intended to pass the +day in it with his guests. She seeming quite amazed at +this, told and entreated him to receive his guests in a room, for +she <a name="page255"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 255</span>had +last night in her dream a presentiment that the arbour would that +day be struck by lightning. He laughed at the assertion, as +there was no appearance of a storm coming on that day, and he +told her not to mind her foolish dream, and to prepare the arbour +for the reception of his guests. She did as she was +ordered, the guests arrived, and as the day was fine, made +themselves merry. But in the meantime clouds gathered in +the distant horizon and were at last powerfully driven to that +place by the wind. The company were so intent on their +entertainment that they did not in the least observe it: but +scarcely was the housekeeper aware that the storm was +approaching, than she begged her master to leave the arbour with +his company, for she could not divest herself at all of the idea +of the lightning striking it. At <a +name="page256"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 256</span>first they +would not listen, but at last, when she continued her entreaties +and the thunder commenced to approach with great violence, they +suffered themselves to be induced to leave the arbour. +Hardly had they reached the room when they heard a heavy crash of +thunder, and the quick following lightning struck the arbour and +dashed everything that had been left in it to pieces.</p> +<h2>WONDERFUL PRESENTIMENT.</h2> +<p>Madame Beaumont relates the following:</p> +<p>My whole family still remember an accident from which my +father was preserved by a presentiment of danger. On one +occasion, he agreed with a party to sail to Port St. Osmer. +When it was time to go on board, an aunt of my father’s, +who was deaf and dumb, uttered a kind of howl, placed herself at +the door, <a name="page257"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +257</span>blocked up the way with her arms, struck her hands +together, and gave him, by signs, to understand that she conjured +him to stay at home. My father, who had promised himself +much pleasure from this excursion, only laughed at her +entreaties; but the lady fell at his feet, and manifested such +signs of poignant grief, that he at length determined to yield to +her entreaties, and postponed his excursion to Port St. Osmer +until some other day.</p> +<p>He therefore endeavoured to detain the rest also; but they +laughed at him for being so easily persuaded, and set sail. +Scarcely had the vessel proceeded half the distance, before those +on board of it had the greatest reason to repent that they had +not followed his advice. Some serious accidents happened to +the vessel, so that it broke to pieces; several lost their lives, +and those who saved <a name="page258"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 258</span>themselves by swimming were so much +terrified at their narrow escape, that they, with difficulty, got +the better of it.</p> +<p>By some written statements the dumb afterwards made, it was +shown that, in the night preceding, she had an awful and +life-like dream, in which it seemed that the excursion-boat, +which would set sail on the following day for Port St. Osmer, +would be wrecked; and that most of the persons on board would +either get drowned or barely escape. The warning angel +found that he could influence no one more effectually than the +deaf and dumb aunt; he therefore selected her for the execution +of his commission. My father, all his life, was profoundly +thankful, both to her and the guardian angel, for this +providential warning and foreboding.</p> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<div class="gapmediumline"> </div> +<p style="text-align: center"><span class="GutSmall">PRINTED FOR +THE BOOKSELLERS.</span></p> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<h2>NOTES.</h2> +<p><a name="footnote7"></a><a href="#citation7" +class="footnote">[7]</a> Or acknowledgment, which, by +the tenure of some estates, is given to every new lord of a +manor.</p> +<p><a name="footnote10"></a><a href="#citation10" +class="footnote">[10]</a> The term used in this country for +a lane.</p> +<p><a name="footnote16"></a><a href="#citation16" +class="footnote">[16]</a> A few years ago, (since the above +was written) Mr. E of O—, was killed by a fall from his +horse, at his own gate, as he was returning from hunting.</p> +<p><a name="footnote32a"></a><a href="#citation32a" +class="footnote">[32a]</a> The Duke of Buckingham +(favourite of James and Charles I. who was beheaded) assassinated +by J. Felton.</p> +<p><a name="footnote32b"></a><a href="#citation32b" +class="footnote">[32b]</a> The Scots, who sold their King, +Charles I. for a large sum of money, to the English rebels.</p> +<p><a name="footnote32c"></a><a href="#citation32c" +class="footnote">[32c]</a> Supposed to have been the +Marquis of Montrose.</p> +<p><a name="footnote33a"></a><a href="#citation33a" +class="footnote">[33a]</a> Supposed to have been Oliver +Cromwell, at whose death the greatest storm of wind happened that +had been known in England.</p> +<p><a name="footnote33b"></a><a href="#citation33b" +class="footnote">[33b]</a> The plague and fire of London +were here plainly foretold.</p> +<p><a name="footnote33c"></a><a href="#citation33c" +class="footnote">[33c]</a> The Great Yellow Fruit, supposed +to have been the Prince of Orange, King William III.</p> +<p><a name="footnote34"></a><a href="#citation34" +class="footnote">[34]</a> This was said in the book whence +the <span class="smcap">Predictions</span> were extracted, to +mean oppression of the poor.</p> +<p><a name="footnote43"></a><a href="#citation43" +class="footnote">[43]</a> It is reported that there is a +room in this house the door and windows of which are kept closely +fastened, and no one is ever permitted to enter the same except +the next heir, when he attains his twenty-first year, at which +time he goes in alone and when he returns it is shut up as +before.</p> +<p><a name="footnote51"></a><a href="#citation51" +class="footnote">[51]</a> The original prophecy says, +“Richard the son of Richard.”</p> +<p><a name="footnote184"></a><a href="#citation184" +class="footnote">[184]</a> Sir Walter Raleigh.</p> +<p><a name="footnote185a"></a><a href="#citation185a" +class="footnote">[185a]</a> Tobacco.</p> +<p><a name="footnote185b"></a><a href="#citation185b" +class="footnote">[185b]</a> The Potatoe.</p> +<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PROPHECIES OF ROBERT NIXON, MOTHER +SHIPTON, AND MARTHA, THE GYPSY***</p> +<pre> + + +***** This file should be named 40962-h.htm or 40962-h.zip****** + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/4/0/9/6/40962 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. +</pre></body> +</html> diff --git a/40962-h/images/fp.jpg b/40962-h/images/fp.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..241d3f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/40962-h/images/fp.jpg diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c8237e --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #40962 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/40962) |
